Cisco IOS XR MPLS Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Router, Release 6.1.x

adjustment-threshold (MPLS-TE)

To configure the tunnel bandwidth change threshold to trigger an adjustment, use the adjustment-threshold command in MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

adjustment-threshold percentage [ min minimum bandwidth ]

no adjustment-threshold percentage [ min minimum bandwidth ]

Syntax Description


`percentage`	Bandwidth change percent threshold to trigger an adjustment if the largest sample percentage is higher or lower than the current tunnel bandwidth. The range is from 1 to 100. The default is 5.
min `minimum bandwidth`	(Optional) Configures the bandwidth change value to trigger an adjustment. The tunnel bandwidth is changed only if the largest sample is higher or lower than the current tunnel bandwidth, in kbps. The range is from 10 to 4294967295. The default is 10.

Command Default

percentage: 5

minimum bandwidth: 10

Command Modes

MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

If you configure or modify the adjustment threshold while the automatic bandwidth is already running, the next band-aids application is impacted for that tunnel. The new adjustment threshold determines if an actual bandwidth takes place.

Examples

The following example configures the tunnel bandwidth change threshold to trigger an adjustment:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# auto-bw
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-autobw)# adjustment-threshold 20 min 500

Related Commands


Command	Description
application (MPLS-TE)	Configures the application frequency, in minutes, for the applicable tunnel.
auto-bw (MPLS-TE)	Configures automatic bandwidth on a tunnel interface and enters MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode.
bw-limit (MPLS-TE)	Configures the minimum and maximum automatic bandwidth to set on a tunnel.
collect-bw-only (MPLS-TE)	Enables only the bandwidth collection without adjusting the automatic bandwidth.
overflow threshold (MPLS-TE)	Configures tunnel overflow detection.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

admin-weight

To override the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) administrative weight (cost) of the link, use the admin-weight command in MPLS-TE interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

admin-weight weight

no admin-weight weight

Syntax Description


`weight`	Administrative weight (cost) of the link. Range is 0 to 4294967295.

Command Default

weight : IGP Weight (default OSPF 1, ISIS 10)

Command Modes

MPLS-TE interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

To use MPLS the admin-weight command for MPLS LSP path computations, path-selection metric must be configured to TE.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to override the IGP cost of the link and set the cost to 20:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface POS 0/7/0/0
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# admin-weight 20

Related Commands


Command	Description
interface (MPLS-TE)	Enables MPLS-TE on an interface and enters MPLS-TE interface configuration mode.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
path-selection metric (interface)	Specifies an MPLS-TE tunnel path-selection metric type.

affinity

To configure an affinity (the properties the tunnel requires in its links) for an MPLS-TE tunnel, use the affinity command in interface configuration mode. To disable this behavior, use the no form of this command.

affinity { affinity-value mask mask-value | exclude name | exclude-all | ignore | include name | include-strict name }

no affinity { affinity-value mask mask-value | exclude name | exclude-all | ignore | include name | include-strict name }

Syntax Description


`affinity-value`	Attribute values that are required for links to carry this tunnel. A 32-bit decimal number. Range is from 0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF, representing 32 attributes (bits), where the value of an attribute is 0 or 1.
mask `mask-value`	Checks the link attribute. A 32-bit decimal number. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF, representing 32 attributes (bits), where the value of an attribute mask is 0 or 1.
exclude `name`	Configures a particular affinity to exclude.
exclude-all	Excludes all affinities.
ignore	Ignore affinity attributes.
include `name`	Configures the affinity to include in the loose sense.
include-strict `name`	Configures the affinity to include in the strict sense.

Command Default

affinity-value : 0X00000000

mask-value : 0x0000FFFF

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.4.0	Support was added for the Name-Based Affinity Constraint scheme.
Release 3.7.0	Affinity colors definition for MPLS-TE was added.
Release 5.2.2	Support was added to start a 5 minute timer to allow reoptimization when affinity failure occurs.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Affinity determines the link attributes of the tunnel (that is, the attributes for which the tunnel has an affinity). The attribute mask determines which link attribute the router should check. If a bit in the mask is 0, the attribute value of a link or that bit is irrelevant. If a bit in the mask is 1, the attribute value of that link and the required affinity of the tunnel for that bit must match.

A tunnel can use a link if the tunnel affinity equals the link attributes and the tunnel affinity mask.

If there is an affinity failure, a 5 minute timer is started at the LSP headend. If the tunnel is not able to reoptimize within the time frame, it is torn down. However, if you execute the mpls traffic-eng reoptimize disable affinity-failure command, no timer is started and the tunnel is not torn down. Note that, at a subsequent time, other triggers for reoptimization may start the timer for the LSPs with affinity failure.

Any properties set to 1 in the affinity should be 1 in the mask. The affinity and mask should be set as follows:


  tunnel_affinity=tunnel_affinity and tunnel_affinity_mask

You can configure up to 16 affinity constraints under a given tunnel. These constraints are used to configure affinity constraints for the tunnel:

Include: Specifies that a link is considered for constrained shortest path first (CSPF) if it contains all affinities associated with the include constraint. An acceptable link contains more affinity attributes than those associated with the include statement. You can have multiple include statements under a tunnel configuration.
Include-strict: Specifies that a link is considered for CSPF if it contains only the colors associated with the include-strict statement. The link cannot have any additional colors. In addition, a link without a color is rejected.
Exclude: Specifies that a link satisfies an exclude constraint if it does not have all the colors associated with the constraint. In addition, a link that does not have any attribute satisfies an exclude constraint.
Exclude-all: Specifies that only the links without any attribute are considered for CSPF. An exclude-all constraint is not associated with any color; whereas, all other constraint types are associated with up to 10 colors.
Ignore: Ignores affinity attributes while considering links for CSPF.

You set one bit for each color; however, the sample output shows multiple bits at the same time. For example, you can configure red and black colors on GigabitEthernet0/4/1/3 from the interface command. The sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management interfaces command shows that the Attributes field is set to 0x21, which means that there are 0x20 and 0x1 bits on the link.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to configure the tunnel affinity and mask:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity 0101 mask 303

This example shows that a link is eligible for CSPF if the color is red. The link can have any additional colors.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity include red

This example shows that a link is eligible for CSPF if it has at least red and black colors. The link can have any additional colors.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity include red black

This example shows how to configure a tunnel to ignore the affinity attributes on links.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity ignore

This sample output shows that the include constraint from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command is 0x20 and 0x1:


Name: tunnel-te1 Destination: 0.0.0.0
     Status:
       Admin:    up Oper: down   Path: not valid   Signalling: Down
       G-PID: 0x0800 (internally specified)
  
     Config Parameters:
       Bandwidth:        0 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7
       Number of configured name based affinity constraints: 1
       Name based affinity constraints in use:
       Include bit map       : 0x21   
       Metric Type: TE (default)
       AutoRoute:  disabled  LockDown: disabled
       Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
       Auto-bw: disabled(0/0) 0  Bandwidth Requested:        0
       Direction: unidirectional
       Endpoint switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
       Transit switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
  
     Reason for the tunnel being down: No destination is configured
     History:

This example shows that a tunnel can go over a link that contains red or black affinity. A link is eligible for CSPF if it has a red color or a black color. Thus, a link with red and any other colors and a link with black and other additional colors must meet the constraint.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity include red
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity include black

This sample output shows that the include constraint from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command is 0x20 or 0x1:


Name: tunnel-te1 Destination: 0.0.0.0
     Status:
       Admin:    up Oper: down   Path: not valid   Signalling: Down
       G-PID: 0x0800 (internally specified)
  
     Config Parameters:
       Bandwidth:        0 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7
       Number of configured name based affinity constraints: 2
       Name based affinity constraints in use:
          Include bit map       : 0x1
          Include bit map       : 0x20
       Metric Type: TE (default)
       AutoRoute:  disabled  LockDown: disabled
       Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
       Auto-bw: disabled(0/0) 0  Bandwidth Requested:        0
       Direction: unidirectional
       Endpoint switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
       Transit switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
  
     Reason for the tunnel being down: No destination is configured
     History:

This example shows that a link is eligible for CSPF if it has only red color. The link must not have any additional colors.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity include-strict red

This example shows that a link is eligible for CSPF if it does not have the red attribute:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity exclude red

This example shows that a link is eligible for CSPF if it does not have red and blue attributes. Thus, a link that has only a red attribute or only a blue attribute is eligible for CSPF.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity exclude red blue

This example shows that a link is eligible for CSPF if it does not have either a red or a blue attribute:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity exclude red
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity exclude blue

Related Commands


Command	Description
affinity-map	Assigns a numerical value to each affinity name.
attribute-names	Configures attribute names for the interface.
interface tunnel-te	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.
show mpls traffic-eng affinity-map	Displays the color name-to-value mappings configured on the router.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

affinity-map

To assign a numerical value to each affinity name, use the affinity-map command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

affinity-map affinity name { affinity value | bit-position value }

no affinity-map affinity name { affinity value | bit-position value }

Syntax Description


`affinity name`	Affinity map name-to-value designator (in hexadecimal, `0-ffffffff` ).
`affinity value`	Affinity map value designator. Range is from 1 to 80000000.
bit-position	Configures the value of an affinity map for the bit position of the 32-bit number.
`value`	Bit position value. Range is from 0 to 255.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.4.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.9.0	The following command syntax was enhanced: The `affinity value` argument range was changed to 1 to 80000000. The bit-position keyword and `value` argument were added. Sample output was added to show how to configure the value for the bit position.
Release 5.1.1	The bit-position value range was changed to 1 to 255 that enables to assign up to 256 names for extended admin groups (EAGs).

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Note

The name-to-value mapping must represent a single bit of a 32-bit value.

Repeat the affinity-map command to define multiple colors up to a maximum of 256 colors.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to assign a numerical value to each affinity name:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# affinity-map red 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# affinity-map blue 2

The following example shows how to configure the value of 15 for an affinity map by bit position:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# affinity-map red2 bit-position 15

Related Commands


Command	Description
affinity	Configures affinity (the properties that the tunnel requires in its links) for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
show mpls traffic-eng affinity-map	Displays the color name-to-value mappings configured on the router.

application (MPLS-TE)

To configure the application frequency, in minutes, for the applicable tunnel, use the application command in MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

application minutes

no application minutes

Syntax Description


`minutes`	Frequency, in minutes, for the automatic bandwidth application. The range is from 5 to 10080 (7 days). The default is 1440.

Command Default

minutes : 1440 (24 hours)

Command Modes

MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

If you configure and modify the application frequency, the application period can reset and restart for that tunnel. The next bandwidth application for the tunnel happens within the specified minutes.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure application frequency to 1000 minutes for MPLS-TE interface 1:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# auto-bw
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-autobw)# application 1000

Related Commands


Command	Description
adjustment-threshold (MPLS-TE)	Configures the tunnel-bandwidth change threshold to trigger an adjustment.
auto-bw (MPLS-TE)	Configures automatic bandwidth on a tunnel interface and enters MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth configuration mode.
bw-limit (MPLS-TE)	Configures the minimum and maximum automatic bandwidth to set on a tunnel.
collect-bw-only (MPLS-TE)	Enables only the bandwidth collection without adjusting the automatic bandwidth.
interface tunnel-te	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.
overflow threshold (MPLS-TE)	Configures tunnel overflow detection.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

attribute-flags

To configure attribute flags for an interface, use the attribute-flags command in MPLS-TE interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

attribute-flags attribute-flags

no attribute-flags attribute-flags

Syntax Description


`attribute -flags`	Links attributes that are compared to the affinity bits of a tunnel during selection of a path. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF, representing 32 attributes (bits) where the value of an attribute is 0 or 1.

Command Default

attributes : 0x0

Command Modes

MPLS-TE interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The attribute-flags command assigns attributes to a link so that tunnels with matching attributes (represented by their affinity bits) prefer this link instead of others that do not match.

The interface attribute is flooded globally so that it can be used as a tunnel headend path selection criterion.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set attribute flags to 0x0101:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface POS 0/7/0/0
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# attribute-flags 0x0101

Related Commands


Command	Description
admin-weight	Overrides the IGP administrative weight of the link.
affinity	Configures affinity (the properties that the tunnel requires in its links) for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
attribute-names	Configures the attribute names for the interface.
interface (MPLS-TE)	Enables MPLS-TE on an interface and enters MPLS-TE interface configuration mode.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

attribute-names

To configure attributes for the interface, use the attribute-names command in MPLS-TE interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

attribute-names attribute name

no attribute-names attribute name

Syntax Description


`attribute name`	Attribute name expressed using alphanumeric or hexidecimal characters.Up to 32 attribute-names can be assigned.
index	Specifies an entry index for attribute names.
`index-number`	Specifies the index number. Range is from 1 to 8.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.4.0	This command was introduced.
Release 5.1.1	Support was added to assign up to 32 names per attribute-set and index for extended admin groups. The index `index-value` keyword and argument were added to support extended admin groups (EAG) configuration.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The name-to-value mapping must represent a single bit of a 256-bit value.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to assign an attribute name (in this case, red) to a TE link:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface pos 0/2/0/1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# attribute-name red

Related Commands


Command	Description
affinity	Configures affinity (the properties that the tunnel requires in its links) for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
attribute-flags	Configures attribute flags for the interface.
interface (MPLS-TE)	Enables MPLS-TE on an interface and enters MPLS-TE interface configuration mode.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

attribute-set

To configure attribute-set for auto-backup tunnels, use the attribute-set command in MPLS-TE configuration mode.

attribute-set auto-backup attribute-set-name { affinity { affinity-value mask mask-value | exclude name | exclude-all | include name | include-strict name } | logging events lsp-status { reoptimize | state } | policy-class { range | default } | priority setup-range hold-range | record-route }

To configure attribute-set for auto-mesh tunnels, use the attribute-set command in MPLS-TE configuration mode.

attribute-set auto-mesh attribute-set-name { affinity { affinity-value mask mask-value | exclude name | exclude-all | include name | include-strict name } | auto-bw collect-bw-only | autoroute announce | bandwidth bandwidth | fast-reroute [ protect { bandwidth node | node bandwidth } ] | logging events lsp-status { insufficient-bandwidth | reoptimize | reroute | state } | policy-class { range | default } | priority setup-range hold-range | record-route | signalled-bandwidth bandwidth [ class-type cl ] | soft-preemption }

To configure attribute-set for a path-option, use the attribute-set command in MPLS-TE configuration mode.

attribute-set path-option attribute-set-name { affinity { affinity-value mask mask-value | exclude name | exclude-all | include name | include-strict name } | signalled-bandwidth bandwidth [ class-type cl ] }

To specify an attribute set for LSP diversity for GMPLS UNI, use the attribute-set command in MPLS-TE configuration mode.

attribute-set xro attribute-set-name

To disable this behavior, use the no form of this command.

no attribute-set

Syntax Description


auto-backup	Specifies the values of an attribute set for the auto-backup group.
auto-mesh	Specifies the values of an attribute set for the auto-mesh group.
path-option	Specifies the values of an attribute set for the path option.
xro	Specifies that the attribute-set is used to define an XRO.
`attribute-set-name`	A 32-bit character string, specifies the name of the attribute-set template.
`affinity-value`	Attribute values that are required for links to carry this tunnel. A 32-bit decimal number, representing 32 attributes (bits), where the value of an attribute is 0 or 1. Range is from 0x0 to 0xFFFF.
mask `mask-value`	Checks the link attribute. A 32-bit decimal number, representing 32 attributes (bits), where the value of an attribute mask is 0 or 1. Range is from 0x0 to 0xFFFF.
exclude `name`	Configures a specific affinity that is to be excluded.
exclude-all	Excludes all affinities.
include `name`	Configures the affinity to include in the loose sense.
include-strict `name`	Configures the affinity to include in the strict sense.
logging	Per-interface logging configuration.
events	Per-interface logging events.
lsp-status	Enables interface LSP state change alarms.
reoptimize	Enables interface LSP REOPT change alarms.
state	Enables interface LSP UP/DOWN change alarms.
policy-class	Specifies class for policy-based tunnel selection.
`range`	Tunnel policy class range 1 to 7.
default	Default class for policy-based tunnel selection.
priority	Specifies the tunnel priority.
`setup-range`	Specifies setup priority. Range is 0 to 7.
`hold-range`	Specifies hold priority. Range is 0 to 7.
record-route	Records the route used by the tunnel.
signalled-bandwidth	Specifies the tunnel bandwidth requirement to be signalled.
`bandwidth`	Bandwidth required for an MPLS-TE tunnel, specified in kilobits per second. By default, bandwidth is reserved in the global pool. Range is from 0 to 4294967295.
class-type `ct`	(Optional) Configures the class type of the tunnel bandwidth request. Range is 0 to 1. Class-type 0 is equivalent to global-pool. Class-type 1 is equivalent to subpool.
soft-preemption	Enables the soft-preemption feature on this tunnel.

Command Default

affinity-value : 0x0

mask-value : 0xFFFF

Command Modes

MPLS TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.2.0	This command was introduced. The sub-pool keyword is not supported.
Release 4.2.1	Support for configuring attribute-set for auto-backup tunnels was added. The policy-class keyword was added for auto-mesh attribute-set.
Release 4.3.0	The xro keyword was added in support of GMPLS UNI feature.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The values specified for an attribute within a path-option attribute-set does not prevent the configuration of the same attribute at the tunnel level. However, only one level is taken into consideration. The configuration at the path-option level is considered more specific than the one at the level of the tunnel, and is therefore used.

Attributes that are not specified within an attribute-set picks their default values, as usual, from the configuration at the tunnel level, the configuration at the global mpls level, or default values.

An XRO attribute-set can be specified as part of the path-option, if required. An empty XRO attribute set results in the GMPLS tunnel being signaled with no exclusions, and therefore no XRO.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write
ouni	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to configure an attribute-set to a TE interface for an auto-backup tunnel:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# config
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#  mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface GigabitEthernet 0/1/0/3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# auto-tunnel backup
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-auto-backup)#  attribute-set ab
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-auto-backup)#

This example shows how to configure an attribute-set to a TE interface for an auto-mesh tunnel:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# config
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#  mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#  auto-tunnel mesh
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-auto-mesh)#  group 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-mesh-group)#  attribute-set am1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-mesh-group)#  destination-list dl1

This example shows how to configure the attribute-set for auto-backup tunnels:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# config
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#  mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#  attribute-set auto-backup ab
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# affinity 0x1 mask 0x1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# priority 3 3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# policy-class 6
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# logging events lsp-status reoptimize
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# logging events lsp-status state
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# policy-class default
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# record-route

This example shows how to configure the attribute-set for auto-mesh tunnels:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# config
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#  mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#  attribute-set auto-mesh mesh1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# affinity include red blue
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# affinity include-strict yellow green
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# affinity exclude black
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# affinity exclude-all
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# policy-class default

This example shows how to configure the tunnel affinity and signalled-bandwidth for a path-option:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# config
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#  mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#  attribute-set path-option myset
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# affinity 0x3 mask 0x3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# signalled-bandwidth 2000

The following example shows how to configure attribute set attr01:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# attribute-set xro attr01
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)#

Related Commands


Command	Description
affinity-map	Assigns a numerical value to each affinity name.
attribute-names	Configures attribute names for the interface.
interface tunnel-te	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.
show mpls traffic-eng affinity-map	Displays the color name-to-value mappings configured on the router.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

auto-bw (MPLS-TE)

To configure automatic bandwidth on a tunnel interface and to enter MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode, use the auto-bw command in MPLS-TE interface configuration mode. To disable the automatic bandwidth on that tunnel, use the no form of this command.

auto-bw

no auto-bw

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

By default, automatic bandwidth is not enabled.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Use the auto-bw command to enter MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode.

The auto-bw and load-share unequal commands should not be used together.

The load-share unequal command determines the load-share for a tunnel based on the bandwidth. However, the MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth feature changes the bandwidth around. If you are configuring both the load-share unequal command and the MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth feature, we recommend that you specify an explicit load-share value configuration under each MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth tunnel.

The following automatic bandwidth scenarios are described:

If you configure the automatic bandwidth on a tunnel, the automatic bandwidth is enabled on that tunnel. If no other configuration is specified, defaults for the various parameters are used, the operation stops.
The automatic operation (for example, output rate collection) starts as soon as the automatic bandwidth is enabled on one tunnel. If automatic bandwidth is disabled from all tunnels, the operation stops.

If the output rate collection is already active when the automatic bandwidth is configured on a tunnel, the statistics collection for that tunnel starts at the next collection configuration.

Note

Because the collection timer is already running, the first collection event for that tunnel happens in less than C minutes (for example, on an average of C/2 minutes).

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enter MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# auto-bw
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-autobw)#

Related Commands


Command	Description
adjustment-threshold (MPLS-TE)	Configures the tunnel-bandwidth change threshold to trigger an adjustment.
application (MPLS-TE)	Configures the application frequency, in minutes, for the applicable tunnel.
bw-limit (MPLS-TE)	Configures the minimum and maximum automatic bandwidth to set on a tunnel.
collect-bw-only (MPLS-TE)	Enables only the bandwidth collection without adjusting the automatic bandwidth.
interface tunnel-te	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.
overflow threshold (MPLS-TE)	Configures tunnel overflow detection.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

auto-bw collect frequency (MPLS-TE)

To configure the automatic bandwidth collection frequency, use the auto-bw collect frequency command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To reset the automatic bandwidth frequency to its default value, use the no form of this command.

auto-bw collect frequency minutes

no auto-bw collect frequency minutes

Syntax Description


`minutes`	Interval between automatic bandwidth adjustments, in minutes. The range is from 1 to 10080. The default is 5.

Command Default

minutes : 5

In addition, the no form of this command resets to the default.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The auto-bw collect frequency command configures the automatic bandwidth collection frequency for all the tunnels.

Modifying the global collection frequency does not restart the tunnel for the current application period. The application period continues with the modified collection frequency.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example configures a tunnel for an automatic bandwidth adjustment of 100 minutes:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# auto-bw collect frequency 100

Related Commands


Command	Description
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
mpls traffic-eng auto-bw apply (MPLS-TE)	Configures the highest bandwidth available on a tunnel without waiting for the current application period to end.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

autoroute announce

To specify that the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) should use the tunnel (if the tunnel is up) in its enhanced shortest path first (SPF) calculation, use the autoroute announce command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

autoroute announce [include-ipv6] [ metric value ]

no autoroute announce

Syntax Description


include-ipv6	(Optional) Announces the MPLS-TE tunnel to IS-IS IGP for IPv6 routing.
metric `value`	(Optional) Specify the MPLS-TE tunnel metric that the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) enhanced Shortest Path First (SPF) calculation uses.

Command Default

Announces IPv4 tunnel

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 5.1.1	The include-ipv6 and metric keywords were added to support MPLS-TE tunnel announcements to IS-IS.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

When more than one IGP is configured, the tunnel is announced as autoroute to the IGP that is used to compute the TE tunnel path.

When the autoroute announce command is configured, the route metric of the tunnel path to the destination equals the route metric of the shortest IGP path to that destination.

The autoroute announce metric configuration overrides the autoroute metric configuration, if present.

Note

IS-IS is the only IGP supporting ipv6 MPLS-TE tunnel announcements.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to configure IGP to use the tunnel in its enhanced SPF calculation when the tunnel is up:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# autoroute announce

This example show how to make IPv6 announcements for MPLS-TE tunnel to the IGP:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#interface tunnel-te 65534
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)#autoroute announce 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-aa)#include-ipv6

Related Commands


Command	Description
interface tunnel-te	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.

autoroute destination

To install multiple static routes in the routing information base (RIB) per MPLS TE tunnel, use the autoroute destination command in interface TE tunnel configuration mode. To disable autoroute destination, use the no form of this command.

autoroute destination ip-address

no autoroute destination ip-address

Syntax Description


`ip-address`	Specifies the host address of the route to be installed in the RIB. A maximum of six routes can be specified apart from the default route.

Command Default

Autoroute destination is disabled.

Command Modes

Interface Tunnel TE

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.1.1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to configure installing four routes in RIB for TE tunnel 10 :


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#interface tunnel-te 10
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# autoroute destination 192.168.1.2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# autoroute destination 192.168.2.2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# autoroute destination 192.168.3.2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# autoroute destination 192.168.4.2

autoroute metric

To specify the MPLS-TE tunnel metric that the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) enhanced Shortest Path First (SPF) calculation uses, use the autoroute metric command in interface configuration mode. If no specific metric is to be specified, use the no form of this command.

autoroute metric { absolute | relative } value

no autoroute metric { absolute | relative } value

Syntax Description


absolute	Enables the absolute metric mode; you can enter a positive metric value.
relative	Enables the relative metric mode; you can enter a positive, negative, or zero value.
`value`	Metric that the IGP enhanced SPF calculation uses. Relative value range is from –10 to 10. Absolute value range is from 1 to 2147483647.

Command Default

The relative value is 0.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.9.0	The absolute value range is defined from 1 to 2147483647.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The autoroute metric command overwrites the default tunnel route metric of the shortest IGP path to the destination.

Note

The autoroute announce configuration overrides the autoroute metric configuration, if present.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure the IGP enhanced SPF calculation using MPLS-TE tunnel metric as relative negative 1:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# autoroute metric relative -1

Related Commands


Command	Description
autoroute announce	Instructs the IGP to use the tunnel (if it is up) in its enhanced SPF calculation.
interface tunnel-te	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.
show mpls traffic-eng autoroute	Displays the tunnels announced to the IGP, including interface, destination, and bandwidth.

auto-tunnel pcc

To enable auto-tunnel stateful PCE client configuration mode, use the auto-tunnel pcc command in MPLS TE configuration mode. To disable auto-tunnel stateful PCE client configuration, use the no form of this command.

auto-tunnel pcc

no auto-tunnel pcc

This command has no keywords or arguments.

Command Default

Auto-tunnel stateful PCE client mode is disabled.

Command Modes

MPLS TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.1.1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to enable auto-tunnel stateful PCE client configuration mode:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#auto-tunnel pcc
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-auto-pcc)#

auto-tunnel backup (MPLS-TE)

To automatically build next-hop (NHOP) and next-next-hop (NNHOP) backup tunnels, and to enter auto-tunnel backup configuration mode, use the auto-tunnel backup command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To clear the NHOP and NNHOP backup tunnels, use the no form of this command.

auto-tunnel backup

no auto-tunnel backup

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.0.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The range of tunnel-ID is required to be mentioned for the auto-tunnel backup tunnels; otherwise, none of the tunnels are created.

The no form of this command deletes both NHOP and NNHOP backup tunnels that are configured using either the auto-tunnel backup command or the nhop-only command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example automatically builds NHOP and NNHOP backup tunnels:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# auto-tunnel backup

Related Commands


Command	Description
clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup unused	Clears the unused automatic backup tunnels.
mpls traffic-eng `interface-path-id` auto-tunnel backup	Configures the automatic backup tunnel for a specific interface.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.
tunnel-id (auto-tunnel backup)	Configures range of tunnel interface numbers for automatic backup tunnels.

backup-bw

To configure the backup bandwidth for an MPLS-TE backup tunnel (that is used to protect a physical interface), use the backup-bw command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

backup-bw { backup bandwidth { any-class-type | class-type ct } | global-pool { bandwidth | unlimited } | sub-pool { bandwidth | unlimited } | unlimited { any-class-type | class-type ct } }

no backup-bw { backup bandwidth { any-class-type | class-type ct } | global-pool { bandwidth | unlimited } | sub-pool { bandwidth | unlimited } | unlimited { any-class-type | class-type ct } }

Syntax Description


`backup` `bandwidth`	Backup bandwidth in any-pool provided by an MPLS-TE backup tunnel. Bandwidth is specified in kilobits per second (kbps). Range is 1 to 4294967295.
any-class-type	Displays the backup bandwidth assigned to any class-type protected tunnels.
class-type ct	Displays the class type of the backup bandwidth. Range is 0 to 1.
global-pool `bandwidth`	(In Prestandard DS-TE with RDM) Displays the backup bandwidth in global pool provided by an MPLS-TE backup tunnel. Bandwidth is specified in kilobits per second. Range is 1 to 4294967295.
unlimited	Displays the unlimited bandwidth.
sub-pool `bandwidth`	(In Prestandard DS-TE with RDM) Displays the backup bandwidth in sub-pool provided by an MPLS-TE backup tunnel. Bandwidth is specified in kilobits per second. Range bandwidth is 1 to 4294967295. Only label switched paths (LSPs) using bandwidth from the sub-pool can use the backup tunnel.

Command Default

Any class-type unlimited.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Backup bandwidth can be limited or unlimited or specific to a global pool, sub-pool, or non-specific any-pool. Backup with backup-bw in global-pool protects global-pool LSPs only; backup-bw in sub-pool protects sub-pool LSPs only.

Backup tunnels configured with limited backup bandwidth (from any/global/sub pool) are not assigned to protect LSPs configured with zero signaled bandwidth.

Backup bandwidth provides bandwidth protection for fast reroute (FRR). Bandwidth protection for FRR supports DiffServ-TE with two bandwidth pools (class-types).

Class-type 0 is strictly equivalent to global-pool; class-type 1 is strictly equivalent to sub-pool bandwidth using the Russian Doll Model (RDM).

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure backup tunnel 1 for use only by LSPs that take their bandwidth from the global pool (class-type 0 tunnels). Backup tunnel 1 does not provide bandwidth protection.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# backup-bw global-pool unlimited

or


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# backup-bw unlimited class-type 0

In the following example, backup tunnel 2 is used by LSPs that take their bandwidth from the sub-pool (class-type 1 tunnels) only. Backup tunnel 2 provides bandwidth protection for up to 1000 units.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# backup-bw sub-pool 1000

or


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# backup-bw 1000 class-type 1

Related Commands


Commands	Description
backup-path tunnel-te	Assigns one or more backup tunnels to a protected interface.
fast-reroute	Enables FRR protection for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
interface tunnel-te	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.

backup-path tunnel-te

To set an MPLS-TE tunnel to protect a physical interface against failure, use the backup-path tunnel-te command in MPLS-TE interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

backup-path tunnel-te tunnel-number

no backup-path tunnel-te tunnel-number

Syntax Description


`tunnel-number`	Number of the tunnel protecting the interface. Range is 0 to 65535.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

When the protected interface is down (shut down or removed), the traffic it was carrying (for the other label switched paths [LSPs], referred to as the protected LSPs) is rerouted, using fast reroute (FRR) onto the backup tunnels.

The following guidelines pertain to the FRR process:

Multiple (backup) tunnels can protect the same interface by entering this command multiple times for different tunnels. The same (backup) tunnel can protect multiple interfaces by entering this command for each interface.
The backup tunnel used to protect a physical interface must have a valid IP address configured.
The backup tunnel cannot pass through the same interface that it is protecting.
TE tunnels that are configured with the FRR option, cannot be used as backup tunnels.
For the backup tunnel to provide protection to the protected LSP, the backup tunnel must have a terminating-end node in the path of a protected LSP.
The source IP address of the backup tunnel and the merge point (MP) address (the terminating-end address of the backup tunnel) must be reachable.

Note

You must configure record-route on TE tunnels that are protected by multiple backup tunnels merging at a single node.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to protect PoS interface 0/7/0/0 using tunnel 100 and tunnel 150:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface POS 0/7/0/0
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# backup-path tunnel-te 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# backup-path tunnel-te 150

Related Commands


Command	Description
backup-bw	Configures backup bandwidth for bandwidth protection.
fast-reroute	Enables FRR protection for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
interface (MPLS-TE)	Enables MPLS-TE on an interface and enters MPLS-TE interface configuration mode.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

bidirectional

To configure a bidirectional LSP for a MPLS TE tunnel and define other parameters for the LSP, use the bidirectional command in the MPLS-TE interface configuration mode.

bidirectional association { id value | source-address IP address | global-id value | type co-routed | fault-oam }

Syntax Description


bidirectional	Configures a bidirectional LSP.
association	Specifies association parameters for the bidirectional LSP.
id `value`	Value number that identifies the association. Range is 0 to 65535.
source-address `value`	Specifies the source IP address of the LSP from which a reverse path is required.
global-id `value`	Value number that identifies the global ID. Range is 0 to 4294967295. The default value is 0.
co-routed	Configures co-routed LSPs with bidirectional CSPF.
fault-oam	Configures fault OAM for the bidirectional co-routed LSPs.

Command Default

Tunnel interfaces are disabled.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows you how to configure an associated bidirectional co-routed MPLS-TE tunnel.

RP/0/RSP0/CPU0:router# configure
RRP/0/RSP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RSP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# bidirectional
RP/0/RSP0/CPU0:router(config-if-bidir)# association id 1 source-address 11.0.0.1
RP/0/RSP0/CPU0:router(config-if-bidir)#association type co-routed

bw-limit (MPLS-TE)

To configure the minimum and maximum automatic bandwidth to be set on a tunnel, use the bw-limit command in MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

bw-limit min bandwidth { max bandwidth}

no bw-limit

Syntax Description


min `bandwidth`	Configures the minimum automatic bandwidth, in kbps, on a tunnel. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 0.
max `bandwidth`	Configures the maximum automatic bandwidth, in kbps, on a tunnel. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 4294967295.

Command Default

min : 0

max : 4294967295

Command Modes

MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.
Release 5.0.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Both the min and max keywords must be configured.

The bw-limit command automatically sets the minimum bandwidth to the default value of 0, or the bw-limit command automatically sets the maximum to the default value of 4294967295 kbps.

If the value of the min keyword is greater than the max keyword, the bw-limit command is rejected. If you configure and modify the minimum or maximum bandwidth while the automatic bandwidth is already running, the next bandwidth application for that tunnel is impacted. For example, if the current tunnel requested bandwidth is 30 Mbps and the minimum bandwidth is modified to 50 Mbps, the next application sets the tunnel bandwidth to 50 Mbps.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure the minimum and maximum bandwidth for the tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# auto-bw
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-autobw)# bw-limit min 30 max 80

Related Commands


Command	Description
adjustment-threshold (MPLS-TE)	Configures the tunnel-bandwidth change threshold to trigger an adjustment.
application (MPLS-TE)	Configures the application frequency, in minutes, for the applicable tunnel.
auto-bw (MPLS-TE)	Configures automatic bandwidth on a tunnel interface and enters MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode.
collect-bw-only (MPLS-TE)	Enables only the bandwidth collection without adjusting the automatic bandwidth.
interface tunnel-te	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.
overflow threshold (MPLS-TE)	Configures tunnel overflow detection.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

capabilities (MPLS-TE)

To enable stateful PCE capabilities, use the capabilities command in MPLS-TE stateful PCE configuration mode. To disable the stateful PCE capabilities, use the no form of this command.

capabilities { instantiation | update }

no capabilities { instantiation | update }

Syntax Description


instantiation	Enables stateful instantiate capability.
update	Enables stateful update capability.

Command Default

Stateful PCE capabilities are disabled.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE Stateful PCE

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.1.1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

When the stateful-client configuration is added to the node, it will close all existing PCEP peer connections, and add the stateful capabilities TLV to the OPEN object it exchanges during PCEP session establishment.

When the stateful-client configuration is removed from the node, it will delete all PCE instantiated tunnels, close all existing PCEP connections, and no longer add the stateful capabilities TLV to the OPEN object it exchanges during PCEP session establishment.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to enable stateful-client instantiation capabilities:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#pce stateful-client 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-pce-stateful)#capabilities instantiation

This example shows how to enable stateful-client update capabilities:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#pce stateful-client 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-pce-stateful)#capabilities update

clear mpls lmp

To clear Link Management Protocol (LMP) management hello settings, use the clear mpls lmp command in EXEC mode.

clear mpls lmp

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.3.0	This command was introduced
Release 3.8.0	This command was moved under Cisco support.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Note

The LMP and GMPLS-NNI features are not supported on x86 RPs.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to clear all LMP management hello settings:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear mpls lmp

clear mpls traffic-eng auto-bw (MPLS-TE EXEC)

To clear automatic bandwidth sampled output rates and to restart the application period for the specified tunnel, use the clear mpls traffic-eng auto-bw command in EXEC mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng auto-bw { all | internal | tunnel-te tunnel-number }

Syntax Description


all	Clears the automatic bandwidth sampled output rates for all tunnels.
internal	Clears all the automatic bandwidth internal data structures.
tunnel-te `tunnel-number`	Clears the automatic bandwidth sampled output rates for a specific tunnel. The `tunnel-number` argument is the tunnel ID used to clear the sampled output rates.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

If no tunnel is specified, the clear mpls traffic-eng auto-bw command clears all the automatic bandwidth enabled tunnels.

For each tunnel in which the automatic bandwidth adjustment is enabled, information is maintained about the sampled output rates and the time remaining until the next bandwidth adjustment. The application period is restarted and values such as the largest collected bandwidth get reset. The tunnel continues to use the current bandwidth until the next application.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

The following example displays the information for the automatic bandwidth for tunnel number 0 from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw brief command:

 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels 0 auto-bw brief
  
  Tunnel    LSP  Last appl  Requested  Signalled    Highest    Application
            Name     ID   BW(kbps)   BW(kbps)   BW(kbps)   BW(kbps)      Time Left
  -------------- ------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------------
    tunnel-te0     278      100         100        100          150      12m 38s

The following example shows how to clear the automatic bandwidth sampled output rates for tunnel number 0:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear mpls traffic-eng auto-bw tunnel-te 0
  
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels 0 auto-bw brief
  
  Tunnel    LSP  Last appl  Requested  Signalled    Highest    Application
            Name     ID   BW(kbps)   BW(kbps)   BW(kbps)   BW(kbps)      Time Left
  -------------- ------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------------
    tunnel-te0     278      100         100        100          0         24m 0s

Related Commands


Command	Description
clear mpls traffic-eng counters signaling	Clears the automatic bandwidth configuration in a tunnel.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw brief	Displays the list of automatic-bandwidth-enabled tunnels, and indicates if the current signaled bandwidth of the tunnel is identical to the bandwidth that is applied by the automatic bandwidth.

clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup unused

To remove unused automatic backup tunnels, use the clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup unused command in global configuration mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup unused { all | tunnel-te tunnel-number }

Syntax Description


all	Clears all the unused automatic backup tunnels.
tunnel-te `tunnel-number`	Clears a specific unused automatic backup tunnel.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.0.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The unused auto-tunnel backup tunnel is the tunnel that is not assigned to protect any FRR tunnel.

The behavior of this command is the same as the expiration of the timers removal unused command in which, when the timeout value is reached, the automatic backup tunnel is removed.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	execute

Examples

The following example displays the information for the unused backup automatic tunnels from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels unused command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels unused

The following example shows how to clear the unused backup automatic tunnels:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup unused all
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels unused

Related Commands


Command	Description
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh

To clear all unused auto-tunnel mesh destinations, use the clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh command in EXEC mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh unused { all | tunnel-te }

Syntax Description


all	Clears all applicable unused auto-tunnel destinations.
tunnel-te `id`	Clears an unused auto-tunnel destinations identified by a tunnel identifier.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.1.1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

This is sample output from the clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh command:


clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh

clear mpls traffic-eng counters auto-tunnel mesh

To clear all auto-tunnel mesh counters, use the clear mpls traffic-eng counters auto-tunnel mesh command in EXEC mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng counters auto-tunnel mesh

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.1.1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

This is sample output from the clear mpls traffic-eng counters auto-tunnel mesh command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:routerclear mpls traffic-eng counters auto-tunnel mesh

clear mpls traffic-eng counters auto-tunnel backup

To clear MPLS-TE automatic tunnel backup counters, use the clear mpls traffic-eng counters auto-tunnel backup command in EXEC mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng counters auto-tunnel backup

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.0.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	execute

Examples

The following example removes all counters for the automatic backup tunnels:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear mpls traffic-eng counters auto-tunnel backup

Related Commands


Command	Description
show mpls traffic-eng counters auto-tunnel backup	Displays the MPLS-TE automatic tunnel backup counters.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

clear mpls traffic-eng counters global

To clear the internal MPLS-TE tunnel counters, use the clear mpls traffic-eng counters global command in EXEC mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng counters global

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

The following example shows how to clear the internal MPLS-TE tunnel counters:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear mpls traffic-eng counters global

clear mpls traffic-eng counters signaling

To clear (set to zero) the MPLS tunnel signaling counters, use the clear mpls traffic-eng counters signaling command in EXEC mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng counters signaling { all | [ heads | mids | tails ] | name name | summary }

Syntax Description


all	Clears counters for all MPLS-TE tunnels.
heads	(Optional) Displays tunnels with their heads at this router.
mids	(Optional) Displays tunnels with their midpoints at this router.
tails	(Optional) Displays tunnels with their tails at this router.
name `name`	Clears counters for an MPLS-TE tunnel with the specified name.
summary	Clears the counter’s summary.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced as clear mpls traffic-eng counters tunnels .
Release 3.5.0	Support was added for the middles keyword.
Release 3.8.0	The clear mpls traffic-eng counters tunnels command was replaced by clear mpls traffic-eng counters signaling command.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Use the clear mpls traffic-eng counters signaling command to set all MPLS counters to zero so that changes can be seen easily.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to clear all counters:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear mpls traffic-eng counters signaling all

Related Commands


Command	Description
show mpls traffic-eng counters signaling	Displays tunnel signaling statistics.

clear mpls traffic-eng counters soft-preemption

To clear (set to zero) the counters for soft-preemption statistics, use the clear mpls traffic-eng counters soft-preemption command in EXEC mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng counters { all | soft-preemption }

Syntax Description


all	Clears counters for all MPLS-TE tunnels.
soft-preemption	Clears the statistics for soft preemption counters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

When all counters are cleared using the clear mpls traffic-eng counters all command, the counters for soft-preemption statistics are automatically cleared.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

This example shows how to clear all counters:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear mpls traffic-eng counters signaling all

Related Commands


Command	Description
show mpls traffic-eng counters signaling	Displays tunnel signaling statistics.

clear mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute log

To clear the log of MPLS fast reroute (FRR) events, use the clear mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute log command in EXEC mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute log

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows sample output before clearing the log of FRR events:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute log
  
  Node     Protected LSPs  Rewrites When                   Switching Time
           Interface                                           (usec)
  -------- --------- ----- -------- ---------------------- --------------
  0/0/CPU0 PO0/1/0/1 1     1        Feb 27 19:12:29.064000      147
  0/1/CPU0 PO0/1/0/1 1     1        Feb 27 19:12:29.060093      165
  0/2/CPU0 PO0/1/0/1 1     1        Feb 27 19:12:29.063814      129
  0/3/CPU0 PO0/1/0/1 1     1        Feb 27 19:12:29.062861      128
  
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute log

clear mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics

To clear all the MPLS-TE admission control statistics, use the clear mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics command in EXEC mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to clear all the MPLS-TE statistics for admission control:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics

clear mpls traffic-eng pce

To clear the path computation element (PCE) statistics, use the clear mpls traffic-eng pce command in EXEC mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng pce [ peer ipv4 address ]

Syntax Description


peer	(Optional) Clears the statistics for one peer.
ipv4 `address`	(Optional) Configures the IPv4 address for PCE.

Command Default

Clears statistics for all the PCE peers.

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

The following example shows how to clear the statistics for the PCE:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear mpls traffic-eng pce

Related Commands


Command	Description
show mpls traffic-eng pce peer	Displays the status of the PCE peer address and state.

collect-bw-only (MPLS-TE)

To configure only the bandwidth collection without adjusting the bandwidth automatically, use the collect-bw-only command in MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

collect-bw-only

no collect-bw-only

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Bandwidth collection is either enabled or disabled.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

If you enable the collect-bw-only command while the automatic bandwidth is already running on a tunnel, the bandwidth application is disabled from that moment. Before you enable the actual bandwidth application, you can get the status of the automatic bandwidth behavior.

If you disable the collect-bw-only command on a tunnel from which the automatic bandwidth is already running, the actual bandwidth application takes place on the tunnel at the next application period.

It is also possible to manually activate a bandwidth application regardless of the collect bandwidth only flag that is being specified on a tunnel. To activate the bandwidth application, use the mpls traffic-eng auto-bw apply (MPLS-TE) command in EXEC mode.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable only the bandwidth collection without adjusting the automatic bandwidth:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# auto-bw
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-autobw)# collect-bw-only

Related Commands


Command	Description
adjustment-threshold (MPLS-TE)	Configures the tunnel-bandwidth change threshold to trigger an adjustment.
application (MPLS-TE)	Configures the application frequency, in minutes, for the applicable tunnel.
auto-bw (MPLS-TE)	Configures automatic bandwidth on a tunnel interface and enters MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode.
bw-limit (MPLS-TE)	Configures the minimum and maximum automatic bandwidth to set on a tunnel.
interface tunnel-te	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.
overflow threshold (MPLS-TE)	Configures tunnel overflow detection.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

delegation

To enable stateful path computation element (PCE) delegation on an interface, use the delegation command in the interface configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.

delegation

no delegation

This command has no keywords or arguments.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.3.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following example shows how to enable PCE delegation on the tunnel-te interface:


RP/0/0/CPU0:ios#configure
RP/0/0/CPU0:ios(config)# interface tunnel-te 100
RP/0/0/CPU0:ios(config-if)#pce delegation

destination (MPLS-TE)

To configure the destination address of a TE tunnel, use the destination command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

destination ip-address

no destination ip-address

Syntax Description


`ip-address`	Destination address of the MPLS-TE router ID.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.9.0	The Point-to-Multipoint (P2MP) TE tunnel destination configuration was added.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Note

The tunnel destination address must be a unique MPLS-TE router ID; it cannot be an MPLS-TE link address on a node.

Use the interface tunnel-mte command to configure destinations for the Point-to-Multipoint (P2MP) TE tunnel and to enter P2MP destination interface configuration mode. The maximum number of destinations, which are configured under P2MP tunnels, is 500.

For P2MP tunnels, the destination command acts as a configuration mode. The path-option command is under the destination for P2MP; whereas, it is under the tunnel-te interface configuration mode for P2P tunnels.

For Point-to-Point (P2P) tunnels, the destination command is used as a single-line command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the destination address for tunnel-te1 to 10.10.10.10:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 10.10.10.10

The following example shows how to set the destination address for tunnel-mte 10 to 150.150.150.150:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-mte10
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 150.150.150.150
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)#

Related Commands


Command	Description
interface tunnel-mte	Configures an MPLS-TE P2MP tunnel interface.
interface tunnel-te	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.
path-option (P2MP TE)	Configures the primary or fallback path setup option for an P2MP TE tunnel.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

direction (GMPLS)

To configure a bidirectional optical tunnel for GMPLS, use the direction command in interface tunnel-gte configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

direction bidirectional

no direction bidirectional

Syntax Description


bidirectional	Enables bidirectional tunneling.

Command Default

Default is unidirectional.

Command Modes

Interface tunnel-gte configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.3.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.8.0	GMPLS interfaces were supported under the tunnel-gte interface type.
Release 3.9.0	This command was removed.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Note

The LMP and GMPLS-NNI features are not supported on x86 RPs.

There are two types of MPLS-TE tunnels:

Generic packet MPLS-TE tunnels
Optical MPLS-TE tunnel (GMPLS tunnel)

At the configuration level, you cannot tell the difference between a packet MPLS or a GMPLS-TE tunnel. The packet TE tunnels are unidirectional, whereas GMPLS tunnels are bidirectional; therefore, you can identify the optical GMPLS tunnel by identifying the bidirectional configuration.

The GMPLS-TE tunnel requires that you specify the endpoint and transit switching capability so that the path computation module can determine the links that the tunnel can traverse.

The transit switching capability describes the switching capability of the LSP region that the tunnel crosses. The endpoint switching capability describes the switching capability and encoding required for the tunnel interface associated with the two ends of the bidirectional tunnel (namely, active, and passive side).

Finally, for GMPLS functionality to work, you must configure the direction and switching commands.

Note

Bidirectional tunnel support is available on optical (GMPLS) tunnels only.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to change the tunnel direction from the default (unidirectional) to bidirectional:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-gte 99
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# direction bidirectional

Related Commands


Command	Description
flooding-igp (GMPLS)	Floods selected GMPLS Traffic Engineering links.
interface tunnel-gte	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface for GMPLS interfaces.
lmp hello (GMPLS)	Configures LMP IPCC management hello settings.
match (GMPLS)	Configures or matches active and passive tunnels.
passive (GMPLS)	Configures passive GMPLS tunnels.
remote (GMPLS)	Configures remote TE links.
switching (GMPLS)	Configures TE-link switching attributes.

disable (explicit-path)

To prevent the path from being used by MPLS-TE tunnels while it is configured, use the disable command in explicit path configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

disable

no disable

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Explicit path is enabled.

Command Modes

Explicit path configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to disable explicit path 200:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# explicit-path identifier 200
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-expl-path)# disable

Related Commands


Command	Description
index exclude-address	Specifies the next IP address to exclude from the explicit path.
index next-address	Specifies path entries at a specific index.
show explicit-paths	Displays the configured IP explicit paths.

disable (P2MP TE)

To disable the given destination for the Point-to-Multipoint (P2MP) tunnel interface, use the disable command in P2MP destination interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

disable

no disable

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

P2MP destination interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.9.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

If the disable command is not configured, the destination is enabled.

We recommend that you disable those destinations about which you have prior knowledge. This is because those destinations do not have valid MPLS-TE paths; therefore these destinations can be excluded from the P2MP tree computation.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to disable destination 140.140.140.140:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-mte 10
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 140.140.140.140
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)# disable

Related Commands


Command	Description
destination (MPLS-TE)	Configures the destination address of a TE tunnel.
interface tunnel-mte	Configures an MPLS-TE P2MP tunnel interface.

ds-te bc-model

To enable a specific bandwidth constraint model (Maximum Allocation Model or Russian Doll Model) on the entire label switched router (LSR), use the ds-te bc-model command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

ds-te bc-model mam

no ds-te bc-model mam

Syntax Description


mam	Enables the Maximum Allocation Model (MAM) bandwidth constraints model.

Command Default

RDM is the default bandwidth constraint model.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.7.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

You can configure both the MAM and RDM bandwidth values on a single interface before swapping to an alternate global MPLS-TE BC model.

If you configure bandwidth constraints without configuring the corresponding bandwidth constraint values, the router uses default bandwidth constraint values.

MAM is not supported in prestandard DS-TE mode. MAM and RDM are supported in IETF DS-TE mode; RDM is supported in prestandard DS-TE mode.

Note

Changing the bandwidth constraints model affects the entire router and may have a major impact on system performance as nonzero-bandwidth tunnels are torn down.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable the MAM bandwidth constraints model:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# ds-te bc-model mam

Related Commands


Command	Description
ds-te mode	Configures standard DS-TE mode.
ds-te te-classes	Enters DS-TE te-class map configuration mode.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
show mpls traffic-eng ds-te te-class	Displays the Diff-Serv TE-class map in use.

ds-te mode

To configure standard differentiated-service TE mode (DS-TE), use the ds-te mode command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

ds-te mode ietf

no ds-te mode ietf

Syntax Description


ietf	Enables IETF standard mode.

Command Default

Prestandard DS-TE is the default differentiated service mode.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.3.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The following two DS-TE modes are supported:

Prestandard mode
- The Cisco proprietary mechanism for IGPs and RSVP signalling are used and DS-TE does not interoperate with third-party vendor equipment.

IETF mode

Standard defined extensions are used for IGPs and RSVP signalling and DS-TE in this mode interoperates with third-party equipment.
IETF mode supports two bandwidth constraint models: the Russian Doll Model (RDM) and Maximum Allocation Model (MAM).
RDM is the default model.
Router advertises variable-length bandwidth constraints, max-reservable- bandwidth, and unreserved bandwidths in TE-classes.
tunnels must have valid class-type and priority configured as per TE-class map in use; otherwise, tunnels remain down.
TE-class map (a set of tunnel priority and class-type values) is enabled to interpret unreserved bandwidth values advertised in IGP; therefore, TE-class map must be identical on all nodes for TE tunnels to be successfully established

For DS-TE to function properly, DS-TE modes must be configured identically on all MPLS-TE nodes.

If you need to change the DS-TE mode, you must bring down all tunnel interfaces and after the change, you should flood the updated bandwidth values through the network.

Note

Changing the DS-TE mode affects the entire LSR and can have a major impact on system performance when tunnels are torn down.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable IETF standard mode:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# ds-te mode ietf

Related Commands


Command	Description
ds-te bc-model	Enables a specific bandwidth constraint model (Maximum Allocation Model or Russian Doll Model) on the LSR.
ds-te te-classes	Configures MPLS DS-TE TE-class maps.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute promote	Configures the router to assign new or more efficient backup MPLS-TE tunnels to protected MPLS-TE tunnels.
show mpls traffic-eng ds-te te-class	Displays the Diff-Serv TE-class map in use.

ds-te te-classes

To enter DS-TE te-class map configuration mode, use the ds-te te-classes command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

ds-te te-classes te-class te_class_index { class-type class_type_number { priority pri_number } | unused }

no ds-te te-classes te-class te_class_index { class-type class_type_number { priority pri_number } | unused }

Syntax Description


te-class	Configures the te-class map.
`te_class_index`	TE class-map index. Range is 0 to 7.
class-type	Configures the class type.
`class_type_number`	Class type value in the te-class map. Range is 0 to 1.
priority	Configures the TE tunnel priority.
`pri_number`	TE tunnel priority value. Range is 0 to 7.
unused	Marks the TE-class as unused.

Command Default

The following default te-class maps are used in IETF DS-TE mode:


te-class index	class-type	priority
0	0	7
1	1	7
2	UNUSED	—
3	UNUSED	—
4	0	0
5	1	0
6	UNUSED	—
7	UNUSED	—

Note

The default mapping has 4 TE-classes used with 2 class-types and, 4 TE-classes are unused. TE-class map is not used in prestandard DS-TE mode.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.3.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.8.0	The unused keyword was added.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

In IETF DS-TE mode, modified semantic of the unreserved bandwidth TLV is used. Each of the eight available bandwidth values advertised in the IGP corresponds to a TE class. Because IGP advertises only eight bandwidth values, only eight TE-Classes can be supported in a IETF DS-TE network. The TE-Class mapping must be configured the same way on every router in a DS-TE domain. There is, however, no method to automatically detect or enforce this required consistency.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure a TE-class 7 parameter:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# ds-te te-classes te-class 7 class-type 0 priority 4

Related Commands


Command	Description
ds-te bc-model	Enables a specific bandwidth constraint model (Maximum Allocation Model or Russian Doll Model) on the LSR.
ds-te mode	Configures standard DS-TE mode.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
show mpls traffic-eng ds-te te-class	Displays the Diff-Serv TE-class map in use.

exclude srlg (auto-tunnel backup)

To specify that automatic backup tunnels should avoid Shared Risk Link Groups (SRLGs) of protected interface, use the exclude srlg command in auto-tunnel backup configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

exclude srlg [preferred]

no exclude srlg [preferred]

Syntax Description


preferred	(Optional) Causes the backup tunnel to avoid SRLGs of its protected interface(s); however, the backup tunnel is created if SRLGs are not avoided.

Command Default

Strict SRLG

Command Modes

Auto-tunnel backup configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.0.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Strict SRLG configuration of this command means that the path computed for the backup tunnel that is automatically created, must not contain any links that are part of the excluded SRLG groups. If such a path cannot be found, the backup tunnel does not come up.

Configuration of the preferred option allows the automatic backup tunnel to come up even if a path that excludes SRLGs can not be found.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

In the following example, automatic backup tunnels must avoid SRLGs of the protected interface.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface pos 0/1/0/1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# auto-tunnel backup
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-auto-backup)#  exclude srlg preferred

Related Commands


Command	Description
auto-tunnel backup (MPLS-TE)	Builds automatic next-hop and next-next-hop tunnels, and enters auto-tunnel configuration mode.

fast-reroute

To enable fast-reroute (FRR) protection for an MPLS-TE tunnel, use the fast-reroute command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

fast-reroute

no fast-reroute

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

FRR is disabled.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

When a protected link used by the fast-reroutable label switched path (LSP) fails, the traffic is rerouted to a previously assigned backup tunnel. Configuring FRR on the tunnel informs all the nodes that the LSP is traversing that this LSP desires link/node/bandwidth protection.

You must allow sufficient time after an RP switchover before triggering FRR on standby RPs to synchronize with the active RP (verified using the show redundancy command). All TE tunnels must be in the recovered state and the database must be in the ready state for all ingress and egress line cards. To verify this information, use the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels and show mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute database commands.

Note

Wait approximately 60 seconds before triggering FRR after verifying the database state.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable FRR on an MPLS-TE tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# fast-reroute

Related Commands


Command	Description
fast-reroute protect	Configures node and bandwidth protection for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
interface tunnel-te	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.
show mpls traffic-eng forwarding	Displays the contents of the FRR database.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

fast-reroute protect

To enable node and bandwidth protection for an MPLS-TE tunnel, use the fast-reroute protect command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

fast-reroute protect { bandwidth | node }

no fast-reroute protect

Syntax Description


bandwidth	Enables bandwidth protection request.
node	Enables node protection request.

Command Default

FRR is disabled.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.6.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable bandwidth protection for a specified TE tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# fast-reroute protect bandwidth

Related Commands


Command	Description
fast-reroute	Enables FRR protection for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
interface tunnel-te	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

fast-reroute timers promotion

To configure how often the router considers switching a protected MPLS-TE tunnel to a new backup tunnel if additional backup-bandwidth or a better backup tunnel becomes available, use the fast-reroute timers promotion command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

fast-reroute timers promotion interval

no fast-reroute timers promotion

Syntax Description


`interval`	Interval, in seconds, between scans to determine if a label switched path (LSP) should use a new, better backup tunnel. Range is 0 to 604800. A value of 0 disables backup tunnel promotions.

Command Default

interval : 300

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Setting the interval to a low value puts more load on the CPU because it has to scan all protected LSPs more frequently. It is not recommended that the timer be configured below the default value of 300 seconds.

Pacing mechanisms have been implemented to distribute the load on the CPU when backup promotion is active. Because of this, when a large number of protected LSPs are promoted, some delay is noticeable in backup promotion. If the promotion timer is configured to a very low value (depending on the number of protected LSPs) some protected LSPs may never get promoted.

To disable the timer, set the value to zero.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to specify that LSPs are scanned every 600 seconds (10 minutes) to determine if they should be promoted to a better backup tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# fast-reroute timers promotion 600

Related Commands


Command	Description
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute promote	Configures the router to use a new or more efficient backup MPLS-TE tunnel when a current tunnel is overloaded.

flooding-igp (GMPLS)

To flood the GMPLS Traffic Engineering link into a specific OSPF area and instance, use the flooding-igp command in MPLS-TE interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

flooding-igp ospf instance area area

no flooding-igp ospf instance area area

Syntax Description


ospf	Floods the interface into an OSPF instance
`instance`	Name of the OSPF instance into which the GMPLS link is to be flooded.
area `area`	Displays the area into which the GMPLS link is to be flooded (where TE is configured).

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.3.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Note

The LMP and GMPLS-NNI features are not supported on x86 RPs.

A GMPLS link won't be flooded into any IGP topology unless this command is used.

Note

The flooding-igp command is valid for GMPLS-TE only.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to flood the optical GMPLS link on POS 0/1/0/0 into area 0 of OSPF instance “optical”:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface pos0/1/0/0
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# flooding-igp ospf optical area 0

Related Commands


Command	Description
destination (MPLS-TE)	Configures bidirectional optical tunnels.
interface (MPLS-TE)	Enables MPLS-TE on an interface and enters MPLS-TE interface configuration mode.
lmp hello (GMPLS)	Configures LMP IPCC management hello settings.
match (GMPLS)	Configures or matches active and passive tunnels.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
passive (GMPLS)	Configures passive GMPLS tunnels.
remote (GMPLS)	Configures remote TE links.
switching (GMPLS)	Configures TE-link switching attributes.

flooding threshold

To set the reserved bandwidth thresholds for a link as a percentage of the total bandwidth change, use the flooding threshold command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

flooding threshold { up | down } percent

no flooding thresholds { up | down } percent

Syntax Description


up	Configures the upward flooding threshold as a percentage of the total link bandwidth change.
down	Configures the downward flooding threshold as a percentage of the total link bandwidth change.
`percent`	Bandwidth threshold level. Range is 0 to 100 .

Command Default

No default behavior or values.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.3.4	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Use the flooding threshold command to set the up and down thresholds as a percentage of the total bandwidth change. If the flooding threshold command is configured, flooding occurs only if the change from the previous flooding is greater than the configured thresholds.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the reserved bandwidth thresholds as a percentage of the total bandwidth change. Flooding occurs only if the change from the previous flooding is greater than the configured thresholds. In this example, the up and down thresholds are configured as 10 percent. That means, if the last flooded bandwidth percentage is 50 percent, then the flooding occurs only if the bandwidth goes below 40 percent, or if the bandwidth goes above 60 percent.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# flooding threshold up 10 down 10

flooding thresholds

To set the reserved bandwidth thresholds for a link, use the flooding thresholds command in MPLS-TE interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

flooding thresholds { down | up } percent [ percent1 | percent2 | percent3 | ... percent 15 ]

no flooding thresholds { down | up }

Syntax Description


down	Configures the threshold for decreased resource availability.
up	Configures the threshold for increased resource availability.
`percent` [ percent ]	Bandwidth threshold level. Range is 0 to 100 for all 16 levels.

Command Default

down : 100 , 99 , 98 , 97 , 96 , 95 , 90 , 85 , 80 , 75 , 60 , 45 , 30 , 15

up : 5 , 30 , 45 , 60 , 75 , 80 , 85 , 90 , 95 , 97 , 98 , 99 , 100

Command Modes

MPLS-TE interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

You can configure up to 16 flooding threshold values. The first value is mandatory; the next 15 are optional.

When a threshold is crossed, MPLS-TE link management advertises updated link information. If no thresholds are crossed, changes can be flooded periodically unless periodic flooding was disabled.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the reserved bandwidth threshold for the link for decreased resource availability (down) and for increased resource availability (up) thresholds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface POS 0/7/0/0
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# flooding thresholds down 100 75 25
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# flooding thresholds up 25 50 100

Related Commands


Command	Description
interface (MPLS-TE)	Enables MPLS-TE on an interface and enters MPLS-TE interface configuration mode.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
link-management timers periodic-flooding	Sets the length of the interval used for periodic flooding.
show mpls traffic-eng link-management advertisements	Displays local link information currently being flooded by MPLS-TE link management into the global TE topology.
show mpls traffic-eng link-management bandwidth-allocation	Displays current local link information.

forwarding-adjacency

To configure an MPLS-TE forwarding adjacency, use the forwarding-adjacency command in interface configuration mode. By configuring forwarding adjacency, the MPLS-TE tunnels are considered to be links by the IGP. If no forwarding adjacency is to be defined, use the no form of this command.

forwarding-adjacency [ holdtime time ] [ include-ipv6 ]

no forwarding-adjacency [ holdtime time ] [ include-ipv6 ]

Syntax Description


holdtime `time`	(Optional) Configures the hold time value, in milliseconds, that is associated with each forwarding-adjacency LSP. The hold time is the duration after which the state change of LSP is advertised to IGP. The default value is 0.
include-ipv6	(Optional) Announces the MPLS-TE tunnel as an IPv6 forwarding adjacency.

Command Default

holdtime time : 0

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.4.0	This command was introduced.
Release 5.1.1	The include-ipv6 keyword was added to support IPv6 forwarding adjacency announcements.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

If you do not specify a holdtime time value, a delay is introduced with the following results:

When forwarding-adjacency is configured on a tunnel that is up, TE notifies IGP without any additional delay.
When forwarding-adjacency is configured on a tunnel that is down, TE does not notify IGP.
When a tunnel on which forwarding-adjacency has been configured comes up, TE holds the notification to IGP for the period of holdtime (assuming non-zero holdtime). When the holdtime elapses, TE notifies IGP if the tunnel is still up.

The paths that traffic is taking to the destination can be manipulated by adjusting the forwarding adjacency link metric. To do that, use the bandwidth command. The unit of possible bandwidth values is in kbps.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to configure forwarding adjacency with a holdtime value of 60 milliseconds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 888
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# forwarding-adjacency holdtime 60

This example shows how to announce MPLS-TE tunnel as an IPv6 forwarding adjacency:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#interface tunnel-te 65534
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)#forwarding-adjacency 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-fwdadj)#include-ipv6

Related Commands


Command	Description
bandwidth (RSVP)	Configures RSVP bandwidth on an interface using prestandard DS-TE mode.
interface tunnel-te	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.
show mpls traffic-eng forwarding-adjacency	Displays forwarding-adjacency information.

index exclude-address

To exclude an address from a tunnel path entry at a specific index, use the index exclude-address command in explicit path configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

index index-id exclude-address { ipv4 unicast IP address}

no index index-id

Syntax Description


`index-id`	Index number at which the path entry is inserted or modified. Range is 1 to 65535.
ipv4 unicast `IP address`	Excludes the IPv4 unicast address.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Explicit path configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.2	Support for the ipv4 unicast keyword was added.
Release 3.4.0	The index (explicit path) command was modified to create two separate commands: index exclude-address and index next-address.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

You cannot include or exclude addresses from an IP explicit path unless explicitly configured using the exclude-address keyword.

Use the exclude-address keyword only after entering the explicit path configuration mode.

If you use the exclude-address keyword and specify the IP address of a link, the constraint-based routine does not consider that link when it sets up MPLS-TE paths. If the excluded address is a flooded MPLS-TE router ID, the constraint-based shortest path first (SPF) routine does not consider that entire node.

Note

The person who performs the configuration must know the IDs of the routers, as it may not be apparent if the value refers to the link or to the node.

MPLS-TE accepts IP explicit paths composed of all excluded addresses configured using the exclude-address keyword.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to exclude address 192.168.3.2 at index 3 of the explicit path 200:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# explicit-path identifier 200
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-expl-path)# index 3 exclude-address ipv4 unicast 192.168.3.2

Related Commands


Command	Description
index next-address	Specifies path entries at a specific index.
show explicit-paths	Displays the configured IP explicit paths.

index exclude-srlg

To exclude an address to get SRLGs from a tunnel path entry at a specific index, use the index exclude-srlg command in explicit path configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

index index-id exclude-srlg ipv4 unicast IP address

no index index-id

Syntax Description


`index-id`	Index number at which the path entry is inserted or modified. Range is 1 to 65535.
exclude-srlg	Specifies an IP address to get SRLG values from for exclusion.
ipv4 unicast `IP address`	Excludes the IPv4 unicast address.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Explicit path configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.0.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to exclude the SRLG values from the IP address 192.168.3.2 at index 1 of the explicit path 100:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# explicit-path identifier 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-expl-path)# index 1 exclude-srlg ipv4 unicast 192.168.3.2

index next-address

To include a path entry at a specific index, use the index next-address command in explicit path configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

index index-id next-address [ loose | strict ] ipv4 unicast IP-address

no index index-id

Syntax Description


`index-id`	Index number at which the path entry is inserted or modified. Range is 1 to 65535.
ipv4 unicast `IP-address`	Includes the IPv4 unicast address (strict address).
loose ipv4 unicast `IP-address`	(Optional) Specifies the next unicast address in the path as a loose hop.
strict ipv4 unicast `IP-address`	(Optional) Specifies the next unicast address in the path as a strict hop.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Explicit path configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.2	Support for the ipv4 unicast keyword was added.
Release 3.4.0	The index (explicit path) command was added to create two separate commands: index exclude-address and index next-address. Support was added for loose and strict keywords for the index next-address command.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

You cannot include addresses from an IP explicit path unless explicitly configured using the next-address keyword.

Use the next-address keyword only after entering the explicit path configuration mode.

Note

The person who performs the configuration must know the IDs of the routers, as it may not be apparent if the value refers to the link or to the node.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to insert the next-address 192.168.3.2 at index 3 of the explicit path 200:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# explicit-path identifier 200
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-expl-path)# index 3 next-address ipv4 unicast 192.168.3.2

Related Commands


Command	Description
index exclude-address	Specifies the next IP address to exclude from the explicit path.
show explicit-paths	Displays the configured IP explicit paths.

interface (MPLS-TE)

To enable MPLS-TE on an interface and to enter MPLS-TE interface configuration mode, use the interface command in global configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

interface type interface-path-id

no interface type interface-path-id

Syntax Description

type

Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Global configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

You must enter MPLS-TE interface mode to configure specific interface parameters on physical interfaces.

Configuring MPLS-TE links or a tunnel TE interface begins the TE-control process on RP.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enter the MPLS-TE interface configuration mode:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface POS 0/7/0/1

The following example shows how to remove an interface from the MPLS-TE domain:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# no interface POS 0/7/0/1

interface (SRLG)

To enable Shared Risk Link Groups (SRLGs) on an interface and to enter SRLG interface configuration mode, use the interface command in SRLG configuration mode. To return to the previous configuration mode, use the no form of this command.

interface type interface-path-id

no interface type interface-path-id

Syntax Description

type

Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

SRLG configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.0.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enter SRLG interface configuration mode:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# srlg
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-srlg)# interface POS 0/1/0/1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-srlg-if)# value 10
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-srlg-if)#value 50

Related Commands


Command	Description
interface (MPLS-TE)	Enables MPLS-TE on an interface and enters MPLS-TE interface configuration mode.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

interface tunnel-gte

To configure an MPLS-TE tunnel interface for GMPLS interfaces, use the interface tunnel-gte command in global configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

interface tunnel-gte tunnel-id

no interface tunnel-gte tunnel-id

Syntax Description


`tunnel-id`	Tunnel number. Range is 0 to 65535.

Command Default

Tunnel interfaces are disabled.

Command Modes

Global configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced .

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Note

The LMP and GMPLS-NNI features are not supported on x86 RPs.

You cannot have two tunnels using the same encapsulation mode with exactly the same source and destination address. The workaround is to create a loopback interface and use the loopback interface address as the source address of the tunnel.

Configuring MPLS-TE links or a tunnel TE interface begins the TE-control process on RP.

The interface tunnel-gte command indicates that the tunnel interface is for an MPLS-TE tunnel and enables the various tunnel MPLS-TE GMPLS tunnel interface options.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
interface	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure tunnel-gte interface 1:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-gte 1

Related Commands


Command	Description
match (GMPLS)	Matches an active tunnel to a passive tunnel.
passive (GMPLS)	Configures passive GMPLS tunnels.
switching endpoint (GMPLS)	Specifies the switching capability and encoding types for all endpoint TE links used to signal the optical tunnel that is mandatory to set up the GMPLS LSP.
switching transit (GMPLS)	Specifies the switching capability and encoding types for all transit TE links used to signal the optical tunnel to configure an optical LSP.

interface tunnel-mte

To configure an MPLS-TE P2MP tunnel interface, use the interface tunnel-mte command in global configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

interface tunnel-mte tunnel-id

no interface tunnel-mte tunnel-id

Syntax Description


`tunnel-id`	Tunnel number. Range is from 0 to 65535.

Command Default

Tunnel interfaces are disabled.

Command Modes

Global configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.9.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Configuring MPLS-TE links or tunnel-te, tunnel-gte, or tunnel-mte interfaces begins the TE-control process on route processor (RP).

The interface tunnel-mte command indicates that the tunnel interface is for an MPLS-TE P2MP tunnel and enables these MPLS-TE P2MP configuration options.

Note

You must configure record-route on TE tunnels that are protected by multiple backup tunnels merging at a single node.

To use the P2MP tunnels, you must configure a Loopback address and use the ipv4 unnumbered command for the Loopback interface type.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
interface	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to configure tunnel interface 1:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-mte 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 unnumbered loopback0

Related Commands


Command	Description
affinity	Configures affinity (the properties that the tunnel requires in its links) for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
backup-bw	Configures backup bandwidth for FRR.
fast-reroute	Enables FRR protection for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
path-selection metric (interface)	Configures a path selection metric—TE or IGP.
priority (MPLS-TE)	Configures setup and reservation priority for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
record-route	Configures record-route on an MPLS-TE tunnel.
signalled-bandwidth	Configures the bandwidth required for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
signalled-name	Configures the name of the tunnel required for an MPLS-TE tunnel.

interface tunnel-te

To configure an MPLS-TE tunnel interface, use the interface tunnel-te command in Global Configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

interface tunnel-te tunnel-id

no interface tunnel-te tunnel-id

Syntax Description


`tunnel-id`	Tunnel number. Range is 0 to 65535.

Command Default

Tunnel interfaces are disabled.

Command Modes

Global configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.7.0	Policy-based tunnel selection example was added.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

You cannot have two tunnels using the same encapsulation mode with exactly the same source and destination address. The workaround is to create a loopback interface and to use the loopback interface address as the source address of the tunnel.

Configuring MPLS-TE links or Tunnel-TE interface begins the TE-control process on RP.

The interface tunnel-te command indicates that the tunnel interface is for an MPLS-TE tunnel and enables the various tunnel MPLS configuration options.

Note

You must configure record-route on TE tunnels that are protected by multiple backup tunnels merging at a single node.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
interface	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure tunnel interface 1:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 unnumbered loopback0

The following example shows how to set the tunnel-class attribute to map the correct traffic class to the tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# policy-class 1

Related Commands


Command	Description
affinity	Configures affinity (the properties that the tunnel requires in its links) for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
autoroute metric	Instructs the IGP to use the tunnel in its enhanced SPF calculation, if the tunnel is in an up state.
backup-bw	Configures backup bandwidth for FRR.
fast-reroute	Enables FRR protection for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
path-option (MPLS-TE)	Configures a path option for an MPLS tunnel.
path-selection metric (interface)	Configures a path selection metric—TE or IGP.
policy-class	Configures PBTS to direct traffic into specific TE tunnels.
priority (MPLS-TE)	Configures setup and reservation priority for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
record-route	Configures record-route on an MPLS-TE tunnel.

ipcc interface (MPLS-TE)

To configure an interface-bound IP based control channel to a specific LMP neighbor with the option to specify a custom destination address that is useful for GigabitEthernet interfaces, use the ipcc interface command in MPLS-TE neighbor configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

ipcc interface type interface-path-id [ dest ipv4 address ]

no ipcc interface type interface-path-id [ dest ipv4 address ]

Syntax Description

type

Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (? ) online help function.

dest

(Optional) Configures the remote endpoint address.

ipv4 address

(Optional) Configures the IPv4 address.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE neighbor configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure the IPCC interface for Loopback0:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# lmp neighbor OXC1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-nbr-OXC1)# ipcc interface Loopback0

Related Commands


Command	Description
ipcc routed (MPLS-TE)	Configures an IPCC that is routable.
lmp neighbor (MPLS-TE)	Configures or updates an LMP neighbor and its associated parameters and enters MPLS-TE neighbor configuration mode.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
show mpls traffic-eng lmp	Displays information about the LMP.

ipcc routed (MPLS-TE)

To configure a routed IP-based control channel for a specific LMP neighbor, use the ipcc routed command in MPLS-TE neighbor configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

ipcc routed

no ipcc routed

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE neighbor configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure a routed IPCC for neighbor router1 in which the destination IP address is the node ID of the neighbor router1 on an interface determined dynamically by an IP routing protocol:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# lmp neighbor router1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-nbr-router1)# ipcc routed

Related Commands


Command	Description
ipcc interface (MPLS-TE)	Configures an IPCC.
lmp neighbor (MPLS-TE)	Configures or updates an LMP neighbor and its associated parameters and enters MPLS-TE neighbor configuration mode.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
show mpls traffic-eng lmp	Displays information about the LMP.

ipv4 unnumbered (MPLS)

To specify the MPLS-TE tunnel Internet Protocol Version 4 (IPv4) address, use the ipv4 unnumbered command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id

no ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id

Syntax Description

type

Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (? ) online help function.

Command Default

No IP address is set.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Tunnel-te is not signaled until an IP address is configured on the tunnel interface; therefore, the tunnel state stays down without IP address configuration.

Loopback is commonly used as the interface type.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
network	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure the MPLS-TE tunnel to use the IPv4 address used on loopback interface 0:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 unnumbered loopback0

ipv4 unnumbered mpls traffic-eng

To specify the Internet Protocol Version 4 (IPv4) address, use the ipv4 unnumbered mpls traffic-eng command in global configuration mode. To remove the IPv4 address, use the no form of this command.

ipv4 unnumbered mpls traffic-eng interface-path-id

no ipv4 unnumbered mpls traffic-eng

Syntax Description

interface-path-id

Physical interface or virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all interfaces currently configured on the router.

Command Default

No default behavior or values.

Command Modes

Global configuration.

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.0.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
network	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to specify unnumbered IPv4 address for a GigabitEthernet interface:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#  ipv4 unnumbered mpls traffic-eng GigabitEthernet 0/1/0/1

The following example shows how to specify unnumbered IPv4 address for an MPLS-TE tunnel with tunnel ID 200:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#  ipv4 unnumbered mpls traffic-eng tunnel-te 200

Related Commands


Command	Description
ipv4 unnumbered (MPLS)	Specifies the MPLS-TE tunnel Internet Protocol Version 4 (IPv4) address

keychain

To configure keychain based authentication for a path computation client (PCC), use the keychain command in MPLS-TE pce configuration mode.

keychain keychain-name

Syntax Description


`keychain-name`	Specifies the name of the keychain. The name can have a maximum of 32 characters.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE pce configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.3.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure keychain based authentication for a PCC for an IPv4 peer:


RP/0/0/CPU0:ios#configure
RP/0/0/CPU0:ios(config)#mpls traffic-eng pce
RP/0/0/CPU0:ios(config-mpls-te-pce)#peer ipv4 192.168.0.2 keychain foo

link-management timers bandwidth-hold

To set the length of time that bandwidth is held for a Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) Path (setup) message to wait for the corresponding RSVP Resv message to return, use the link-management timers bandwidth-hold command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

link-management timers bandwidth-hold holdtime

no link-management timers bandwidth-hold holdtime

Syntax Description


`holdtime`	Number of seconds that bandwidth can be held. Range is 1 to 300. Default is 15.

Command Default

holdtime : 15

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The link-management timers bandwidth-hold command determines the time allowed for an RSVP message to return from a neighbor RSVP node.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the bandwidth to be held for 10 seconds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# link-management timers bandwidth-hold 10

Related Commands


Command	Description
link-management timers periodic-flooding	Sets the length of the interval used for periodic flooding.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
show mpls traffic-eng link-management bandwidth-allocation	Displays current local link information and bandwidth hold time.

link-management timers periodic-flooding

To set the length of the interval for periodic flooding, use the link-management timers periodic-flooding command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

link-management timers periodic-flooding interval

no link-management timers periodic-flooding

Syntax Description


`interval`	Length of the interval, in seconds, for periodic flooding. Range is 0 to 3600. A value of 0 turns off periodic flooding. The minimum value is 30.

Command Default

interval : 180

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The link-management timers periodic-flooding command advertises the link state information changes that do not trigger immediate action, such as a change to the allocated bandwidth that does not cross a threshold.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the interval length for periodic flooding to 120 seconds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# link-management timers periodic-flooding 120

Related Commands


Command	Description
flooding thresholds	Sets the reserved bandwidth flooding thresholds for a link.
link-management timers bandwidth-hold	Sets the length of time that bandwidth is held for a RSVP Path (setup) message to wait for the corresponding RSVP Resv message to return.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
show mpls traffic-eng link-management summary	Displays the current periodic flooding interval.

link-management timers preemption-delay

To set the length of the interval for delaying LSP preemption, use the link-management timers preemption-delay command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To disable this behavior, use the no form of this command.

link-management timers preemption-delay bundle-capacity sec

Syntax Description


bundle-capacity `sec`	Specifies the bundle-capacity preemption timer value in seconds.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The value 0 as bundle-capacity value in the link-management timers preemption-delay command disables this timer. This means there is no delay before preemption sets in when the bundle capacity goes down.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to set the interval length for preemption-delay:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# link-management timers preemption-delay bundle-capacity 180

load-share

To determine load-sharing balancing parameters for a specified interface, use the load-share command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

load-share value

no load-share

Syntax Description


`value`	Load-share value, equivalent to the bandwidth in kbps (that is, the same value in configuration). Range is 1 to 4294967295. Default is 0.

Command Default

The default load-share for tunnels with no explicit configuration is the configured signalled bandwidth.

value : 0 (if no value is assigned)

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.5.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Configuration schemas are supported for load balancing.

To enable the load-share command, you must enable unequal load balancing using the load-share unequal command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure load-sharing parameters on a specified interface:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# load-share 100

Related Commands


Command	Description
load-share unequal	Enables unequal load-sharing.
interface tunnel-te	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.
signalled-bandwidth	Configures the bandwidth required for an MPLS-TE tunnel.

load-share unequal

To configure unequal load-sharing for an MPLS-TE tunnel, use the load-share unequal command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

load-share unequal

no load-share unequal

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

By default, unequal load-balancing is disabled and equal load-balancing occurs.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.5.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The auto-bw and load-share unequal commands should not be used together.

The load-share unequal command determines the load-share for a tunnel based on the bandwidth. However, the MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth feature changes the bandwidth around. If you are configuring both the load-share unequal command and the MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth feature, we recommend that you specify an explicit load-share value configuration under each MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth tunnel.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable unequal load-sharing:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# load-share unequal

Related Commands


Command	Description
load-share	Configures load-sharing balancing parameters for a specified interface.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
signalled-bandwidth	Configures the bandwidth required for an MPLS-TE tunnel.

lmp hello (GMPLS)

To configure Link Management Protocol (LMP) IPCC management hello settings, use the lmp hello command in global MPLS-TE neighbor lmp configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

lmp hello hello-send -interval hello-dead-interval

no lmp hello hello-send-interval hello-dead-interval

Syntax Description


`hello-send-interval`	Time, in milliseconds, between sending hello keep alive message. Range is 100 to 21845.
`hello-dead-interval`	Time, in milliseconds, to wait without receiving a hello from the neighbor before declaring the IPCC down again. Range is 100 to 21845.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE neighbor lmp configuration mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.3.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

You can disable hellos using the lmp static command.

Note

The LMP and GMPLS-NNI features are not supported on x86 RPs.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure Link Management Protocol (LMP) IPCC management hello settings:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# lmp neighbor lmp
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-nbr-lmp)# lmp hello 400 1200

Related Commands


Command	Description
destination (MPLS-TE)	Configures bidirectional optical tunnels.
lmp neighbor (MPLS-TE)	Configures or updates an LMP neighbor and its associated parameters and enters MPLS-TE neighbor configuration mode.
match (GMPLS)	Configures or matches active and passive tunnels.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
passive (GMPLS)	Configures passive GMPLS tunnels.
remote (GMPLS)	Configures remote TE links.
switching (GMPLS)	Configures TE-link switching attributes.

lmp neighbor (MPLS-TE)

To configure or update an LMP neighbor with its associated identifier and enter MPLS-TE neighbor configuration mode, use the lmp neighbor command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

lmp neighbor name

no lmp neighbor name

Syntax Description


`name`	Text string representing the name of the LMP neighbor.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Note

The LMP and GMPLS-NNI features are not supported on x86 RPs.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enter MPLS-TE neighbor configuration mode for router1:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# lmp neighbor router1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-nbr-router1)#

Related Commands


Command	Description
lmp hello (GMPLS)	Configures LMP management hello settings.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
show mpls traffic-eng lmp	Displays information about the LMP.

lmp router-id (MPLS-TE)

To configure the router ID for the optical instance using the LMP protocol, use the lmp router-id command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

lmp router-id { ipv4 address | type interface-path-id }

no lmp router-id { ipv4 address | type interface-path-id }

Syntax Description

ipv4 address

Router ID expressed as an IPv4 address.

type

Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (? ) online help function.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.3.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Note

The LMP and GMPLS-NNI features are not supported on x86 RPs.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how configure the LMP router ID for IPv4 address 172.24.20.164:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# lmp router-id router 127.0.0.1

Related Commands


Command	Description
clear mpls lmp	Clears LMP management hello settings.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

logging events link-status (MPLS-TE)

To enable the logging events so that the software sends a log message when a tunnel goes up or goes down, use the logging events link-status command in tunnel-mte interface configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

logging events link-status

no logging events link-status

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

By default, no logs are sent out.

Command Modes

Tunnel-mte interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.9.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The logging events link-status command enables the configuration to be notified of tunnel state changes through log messages.

In addition, the logging events link-status command applies to both tunnel-mte and tunnel-te interfaces.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
interface	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable logging events for the interface and line-protocol state change alarms:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-mte 10
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# logging events link-status

Related Commands


Command	Description
interface tunnel-mte	Configures an MPLS-TE P2MP tunnel interface
logging events lsp-status (MPLS-TE)	Sends out a log message when LSP events occur.
logging events sub-lsp-status state (MPLS-TE)	Sends out a log message when a point-to-multipoint sub-lsp goes up or goes down when the software is enabled.

logging events lsp-status (MPLS-TE)

To send out a log message when LSP events occur, use the logging events lsp-status command in tunnel-mte interface configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

logging events lsp-status { reoptimize | reroute | state | switchover }

no logging events lsp-status { reoptimize | reroute | state | switchover }

Syntax Description

reoptimize

Sends out the log message when the tunnel LSP is reoptimized when the software is enabled.

reroute

Sends out the log message when the tunnel LSP is rerouted due to an FRR event when the software is enabled.

Note

Only FRR tunnels are applicable.

state

Sends out the log message when the tunnel LSP goes up or down when the software is enabled.

switchover

Sends out the log message when the tunnel LSP switches to the standby LSP due to a path protection event when the software is enabled.

Note

Only applicable to path protected tunnels.

Command Default

By default, no logs are sent out.

Command Modes

Tunnel-mte interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.9.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The logging events lsp-status command can be configured to notify the various LSP status changes through log messages. One or several of these LSP status changes can be enabled at once.

In addition, the logging events lsp-status command applies to both tunnel-mte and tunnel-te interfaces.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable the interface LSP state change alarms for reoptimization:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-mte 10
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# logging events lsp-status reoptimize

Related Commands


Command	Description
interface tunnel-mte	Configures an MPLS-TE P2MP tunnel interface
logging events link-status (MPLS-TE)	Enables the logging events so that the software sends a log message when a tunnel goes up or goes down.
logging events sub-lsp-status state (MPLS-TE)	Sends out a log message when a point-to-multipoint sub-lsp goes up or goes down when the software is enabled.

logging events sub-lsp-status state (MPLS-TE)

To send out a log message when a point-to-multipoint sub-lsp goes up or goes down when the software is enabled, use the logging events sub-lsp-status state command in tunnel-mte interface configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

logging events sub-lsp-status state

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

By default, no logs are sent out.

Command Modes

Tunnel-mte interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.9.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The logging events sub-lsp-status state command can be configured to notify the state changes per-destination for the P2MP tunnel.

logging events sub-lsp-status state command applies only to the tunnel-mte interface.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable the console logging for sub-lsp events to change the alarms state:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-mte 10
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# logging events sub-lsp-status state

Related Commands


Command	Description
interface tunnel-mte	Configures an MPLS-TE P2MP tunnel interface.
logging events link-status (MPLS-TE)	Enables the logging events so that the software sends a log message when a tunnel goes up or goes down.
logging events lsp-status (MPLS-TE)	Sends out a log message when LSP events occur.

match (GMPLS)

To match an active tunnel to a passive tunnel, use the match command in interface tunnel-gte configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

match identifier tunnel-number

no match identifier tunnel-number

Syntax Description


identifier	Configures the identifier of the active tunnel to match with this passive tunnel.
`tunnel-number`	Tunnel number. Range is 0 to 65535.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Interface tunnel-gte configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.3.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.8.0	GMPLS interfaces were supported under the tunnel-gte interface type.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Note

The LMP and GMPLS-NNI features are not supported on x86 RPs.

GMPLS interfaces are used under the tunnel-gte interface type.

You must enter the hostname for the head router then underscore _t, and the tunnel number for the head router. If tunnel-gte1 is configured on the head router with a hostname of gmpls1, CLI is match identifier gmpls1_t1.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to match the active tunnel ID to the passive tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-gte 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# match identifier gmpls1_t1

Related Commands


Command	Description
destination (MPLS-TE)	Configures bidirectional optical tunnels.
interface tunnel-gte	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface for GMPLS interfaces.
lmp hello (GMPLS)	Configures LMP IPCC management hello settings.
passive (GMPLS)	Configures passive GMPLS tunnels.
remote (GMPLS)	Configures remote TE links.
switching (GMPLS)	Configures TE-link switching attributes.

maxabs (MPLS-TE)

To specify the maximum number of MPLS-TE tunnels that can be configured, use the maxabs command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

maxabs tunnels tunnel-limit destinations dest-limit

no maxabs tunnels tunnel-limit destinations dest-limit

Syntax Description


tunnels	Configures all tunnels for MPLS-TE.
`tunnel-limit`	Maximum number of tunnel TE interfaces. Range is 1 to 65536.
destinations	Configures all destinations for MPLS-TE.
`dest-limit`	Maximum total number of destinations that can be configured. Range is 1 to 65536.

Command Default

tunnel-limit : 4096

dest-limit : 4096

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.9.0	This command was removed.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the tunnel-te configuration limit to 1000:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# maxabs tunnels 1000 destinations 1000

Related Commands


Command	Description
show mpls traffic-eng maximum tunnels	Displays the configuration of the maximum tunnel-te interfaces allowed.

mpls traffic-eng

To enter MPLS-TE configuration mode, use the mpls traffic-eng command in global configuration mode.

mpls traffic-eng

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Global configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.3.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enter MPLS-TE configuration mode:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#

mpls traffic-eng auto-bw apply (MPLS-TE)

To apply the highest bandwidth collected on a tunnel without waiting for the current application period to end, use the mpls traffic-eng auto-bw apply command in EXEC mode.

mpls traffic-eng auto-bw apply { all | tunnel-te tunnel-number }

Syntax Description


all	Applies the highest bandwidth collected instantly on all the automatic bandwidth-enabled tunnels.
tunnel-te `tunnel-number`	Applies the highest bandwidth instantly to the specified tunnel. The range is from 0 to 65535.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The mpls traffic-eng auto-bw apply command can forcefully expire the current application period on a specified tunnel and immediately apply the highest bandwidth recorded so far instead of waiting for the application period to end on its own.

Note

The predefined threshold check still applies on the configuration, and if the delta is not significant enough, the automatic bandwidth functionality overrides this command.

The bandwidth application is performed only if at least one output rate sample has been collected for the current application period.

To guarantee the application of a specific signaled bandwidth value when triggering a manual bandwidth application, follow these steps:

Configure the minimum and maximum automatic bandwidth to the bandwidth value that you want to apply by using the bw-limit (MPLS-TE) command.
Trigger a manual bandwidth application by using the mpls traffic-eng auto-bw apply command.
Revert the minimum and maximum automatic bandwidth value back to their original value.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

The following example applies the highest bandwidth to a specified tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng auto-bw apply tunnel-te 1

Related Commands


Command	Description
auto-bw collect frequency (MPLS-TE)	Configures the automatic bandwidth collection frequency and controls the manner in which the bandwidth for a tunnel collects output rate information, but does not adjust the tunnel bandwidth.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw brief	Displays the list of automatic-bandwidth-enabled tunnels, and indicates if the current signaled bandwidth of the tunnel is identical to the bandwidth that is applied by the automatic bandwidth.

mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute promote

To configure the router to assign new or more efficient backup MPLS-TE tunnels to protected MPLS-TE tunnels, use the mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute promote command in EXEC mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute promote

no mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute promote

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.2	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to initiate backup tunnel promote and assignment:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute promote

Related Commands


Command	Description
fast-reroute	Enables FRR protection for an MPLS-TE tunnel.

mpls traffic-eng level

To configure a router running Intermediate System-to-System (IS-IS) MPLS-TE at IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2, use the mpls traffic-eng level command in router configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

mpls traffic-eng level isis-level

no mpls traffic-eng level isis-level

Syntax Description


`isis-level`	IS-IS level (1, 2, or both) where MPLS-TE is enabled.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Router configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.4.0	Support was added to enable MPLS Traffic Engineering in both IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The mpls traffic-eng level command is supported for IS-IS and affects the operation of MPLS-TE only if MPLS-TE is enabled for that routing protocol instance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
isis	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure a router running IS-IS MPLS to flood TE for IS-IS level 1:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router isis 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-isis)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-isis-af)# mpls traffic-eng level 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-isis-af)# metric-style wide

Related Commands


Command	Description
mpls traffic-eng router-id (MPLS-TE router)	Specifies that the TE router identifier for the node is the IP address associated with a given interface.

mpls traffic-eng link-management flood

To enable immediate flooding of all the local MPLS-TE links, use the mpls traffic-eng link-management flood command in EXEC mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

mpls traffic-eng link-management flood

no mpls traffic-eng link-management flood

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Note

If there is no change in the LSA since last flooding, IGP may dampen the advertisement.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to initiate flooding of the local MPLS-TE links:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng link-management flood

Related Commands


Command	Description
show mpls traffic-eng link-management advertisements	Displays MPLS-TE link-management advertisements.

mpls traffic-eng path-protection switchover gmpls

To trigger a manual switchover for path protection for a GMPLS optical LSP, use the mpls traffic-eng path-protection switchover gmpls command in EXEC mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

mpls traffic-eng path-protection switchover gmpls tunnel name

no mpls traffic-eng path-protection switchover gmpls tunnel name

Syntax Description


`tunnel name`	Name of the tunnel that is used for a switchover.

Command Default

No manual path protection is invoked on either the head or tail router.

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.9.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The mpls traffic-eng path-protection switchover gmpls command is used for the following functions:

Runs on both tunnel head and tunnel tail at the same time.
Configures both head and tail router of the GMPLS LSP to achieve the complete path switchover at both ends.

Note

The LMP and GMPLS-NNI features are not supported on x86 RPs.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

The following example triggers the switchover for path-protection for GMPLS:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng path-protection switchover gmpls

Related Commands


Command	Description
path-option (MPLS-TE)	Configures a path option for an MPLS-TE tunnel.

mpls traffic-eng pce activate-pcep

To force idle peers to be reestablished without waiting for a timer, use the mpls traffic-eng pce activate-pcep command in EXEC mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

mpls traffic-eng pce activate-pcep { address | all }

no mpls traffic-eng pce activate-pcep { address | all }

Syntax Description


`address`	Address of the idle peer.
all	Activates all the idle peers.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.5.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write, execute

Examples

The following example shows how to trigger a path computation client (PCC) or PCE to activate an idle path computation element protocol (PCEP) session:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng pce activate-pcep all

Related Commands


Command	Description
mpls traffic-eng pce reoptimize	Triggers reoptimization manually either for all tunnels or a specific PCE-based tunnel.

mpls traffic-eng pce redelegate

To manually redelegate all tunnels to the available explicit peer, use the mpls traffic-eng pce redelegate command in EXEC mode.

mpls traffic-eng pce redelegate [ peer { ipv4 address | node-id name } ]

Syntax Description


peer	(Optional) Redelegates all static tunnels to the specific peer.
ipv4 `address`	Specifies the peer IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format.
node-id `name`	Specifies the peer node ID name.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.3.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If the IPv4 address or the node-id is not specified, the pce redelegate command delegates all the tunnels to the peer with the best precedence. If the peer is specified by an IP address or a node ID, all tunnels will be delegated to the specified peer.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how manually redelegate all tunnels to the available explicit peer:


RP/0/0/CPU0:ios#mpls traffic-eng pce redelegate

The following example shows how to manually redelegate all tunnels to the specified IPv4 address:


RP/0/0/CPU0:ios#mpls traffic-eng pce redelegate peer ipv4 192.168.0.2

The following example shows how to manually redelegate all tunnels to the specified node-id:


RP/0/0/CPU0:ios#mpls traffic-eng pce redelegate peer node-id pce1

mpls traffic-eng pce reoptimize

To trigger reoptimization manually either for all or a specific PCE-based tunnel, use the mpls traffic-eng pce reoptimize command in EXEC mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

mpls traffic-eng pce reoptimize [tunnel ID] [force]

no mpls traffic-eng pce reoptimize [tunnel ID] [force]

Syntax Description


`tunnel ID`	(Optional) Tunnel ID to be reoptimized. Range is from 0 to 65535.
force	(Optional) Forces the router to start using the newly calculated route even if the used path has a better metric.

Command Default

Reoptimizes all the PCE tunnels.

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.5.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

If you do not run the mpls traffic-eng pce reoptimize command, the system tries to reoptimize at an interval of 3600 seconds.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write, execute

Examples

The following example shows how to trigger reoptimization for all PCE-based tunnels:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng pce reoptimize

Related Commands


Command	Description
mpls traffic-eng pce activate-pcep	Forces idle peers to be re-established without waiting for a timer.

mpls traffic-eng reoptimize (EXEC)

To trigger the reoptimization interval of all TE tunnels, use the mpls traffic-eng reoptimize command in EXEC mode.

mpls traffic-eng reoptimize [tunnel-id] [tunnel-name] [all] [ p2mp { all | tunnel-id } ] [ p2p { all | tunnel-id } ]

Syntax Description


`tunnel-id`	(Optional) MPLS-TE tunnel identification expressed as a number. Range is from 0 to 65535.
`tunnel-name`	(Optional) TE tunnel identification expressed as a name.
all	(Optional) Forces an immediate reoptimization for all P2MP tunnels.
p2mp	(Optional) Forces an immediate reoptimization of all P2MP TE tunnels.
`tunnel-id`	P2MP TE tunnel identification to be reoptimized. Range is from 0 to 65535.
p2p	(Optional) Forces an immediate reoptimization of all P2P TE tunnels.
all	(Optional) Forces an immediate reoptimization for all P2P tunnels.
`tunnel-id`	P2P TE tunnel identification to be reoptimized. Range is from 0 to 65535.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.9.0	The following keywords and arguments were added to support the P2MP TE feature and P2P feature: all keyword p2mp keyword, all keyword, and `tunnel-id` argument p2p keyword, all keyword, and `tunnel-id` argument

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

The following example shows how to immediately reoptimize all TE tunnels:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng reoptimize

The following example shows how to immediately reoptimize TE tunnel-te90:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng reoptimize tunnel-te90

The following example shows how to immediately reoptimize all P2MP TE tunnels that originated from this TE LSR:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng reoptimize p2mp all

The following example shows how to immediately reoptimize all P2P TE tunnels:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng reoptimize p2p all

mpls traffic-eng resetup (EXEC)

To trigger the re-setup of TE tunnels, clearing the LSP states, use the mpls traffic-eng resetup command in EXEC mode.

mpls traffic-eng resetup { P2MP | P2P | name }

Syntax Description


P2MP `tunnel-id`	Re-setup a specific P2MP tunnel by tunnel-id. The P2MP tunnel ID range is from 0 to 65535.
P2P `tunnel-id`	Re-setup a specific P2P tunnel by tunnel-id. The P2MP tunnel ID range is from 0 to 65535.
name `name`	Re-setup a specific tunnel by the given name.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.1.1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

The following example shows how to re-setup a specific tunnel by the given name (tunnel-te1):


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#mpls traffic-eng resetup name tunnel-te1

The following example shows how to re-setup a specific P2P tunnel based on the specified tunnel-id (tunnel-id 1):


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#mpls traffic-eng resetup P2P tunnel-id 1

The following example shows how to re-setup a P2MP tunnel based on the specified tunnel-id (tunnel-id 2):


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#mpls traffic-eng resetup P2MP tunnel-id 2

mpls traffic-eng reoptimize events link-up

To turn on automatic reoptimization of Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) traffic engineering when certain events occur, such as, when an interface becomes operational, use the mpls traffic-eng reoptimize events link-up command in global configuration mode. To disable automatic reoptimization when link-up event occurs, use the no form of this command.

mpls traffic-eng reoptimize events link-up

no mpls traffic-eng reoptimize events link-up

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes

Global configuration (config)

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.2.2	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to turn on automatic reoptimization when an interface becomes operational:



RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng reoptimize events link-up

Related Commands


Command	Description
mpls traffic-eng reoptimize timers delay	Delays removal of old LSPs or installation of new LSPs after tunnel reoptimization.

mpls traffic-eng router-id (MPLS-TE router)

To specify that the TE router identifier for the node is the IP address associated with a given interface, use the mpls traffic-eng router-id command in the appropriate mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

mpls traffic-eng router-id type interface-path-id

no mpls traffic-eng router-id type interface-path-id

Syntax Description

type

Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (? ) online help function.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

OSPF configuration

IS-IS address family configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.9.1	The Usage Guidelines was updated

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

A routers identifier acts as a stable IP address for the TE configuration. This IP address is flooded to all nodes. You must set the destination on the destination node TE router identifier for all affected tunnels. This router ID is the address that the TE topology database at the tunnel head uses for its path calculation.

Note

When the mpls traffic-eng router-id command is not configured, global router ID is used by MPLS-TE if there is one configured.

We suggest that you configure the mpls traffic-eng router-id command explicitly under the IGP; otherwise, TE uses the default algorithm to pick up the TE router-id, which can be the highest IP address of the loopback interfaces or physical interfaces. When TE uses the algorithm to select a TE router-id dynamically, it can be different from what is configured for the static RPF check on the P2MP tunnel tail . If the static RPF check mismatch happens, the P2MP tail does not pass the incoming P2MP traffic to the egress of P2MP tail router.

A TE router-id configuration is highly recommended to ensure that the tunnel head-end picks up the correct source address, and the configured static RPF address at the tail-end matches the tunnel source which avoids unexpected traffic drops.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following examples show how to specify the TE router identifier as the IP address associated with loopback interface:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router ospf CORE_AS 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf)# mpls traffic-eng router-id 7.7.7.7
  
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router isis 811
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-isis)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-isis-af)# mpls traffic-eng router-id 8.8.8.8

Related Commands


Command	Description
mpls traffic-eng level	Configures a router running OSPF MPLS so that it floods TE for the indicated IS-IS level.

mpls traffic-eng repotimize mesh group

To reoptimize all tunnels of a mesh group, use the mpls traffic-eng repotimize mesh group command in EXEC mode.

mpls traffic-eng reoptimize auto-tunnel mesh group group_id

Syntax Description


`group_id`	Defines auto-tunnel mesh group ID that is to be reoptimized. Range is 0 to 4294967295.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

MPLS Transport profile configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.1.1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

This is sample out from the mpls traffic-eng reoptimize mesh group command:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router mpls traffic-eng reoptimize mesh group 10

named-tunnels tunnel-te

To name the TE (Traffic Engineering) tunnels in the network with unique tunnel IDs (STRING names), use the named-tunnels tunnel-te command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To delete the named tunnels, use the no form of this command.

named-tunnels tunnel-te tunnel-name

no named-tunnels

Syntax Description

tunnel-name

Configures the given name to the TE tunnel.

Note

If the tunnel name contains more than one word, use hyphens to separate the words.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 6.1.2	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to name a TE tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#named-tunnels
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-named-tunnels)#tunnel-te FROM-NY-TO-LA

nhop-only (auto-tunnel backup)

To configure only a next-hop automatic backup tunnel with only link protection, use the nhop-only command in MPLS-TE auto-tunnel backup interface configuration mode. To return to the default configuration setting for automatic backup tunnels, use the no form of this command.

nhop-only

no nhop-only

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Both NHOP and NNHOP protection are enabled.

Command Modes

Auto-tunnel backup configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.0.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

If you configure the nhop-only command, you destroy any next-next-hop (NNHOP) tunnel created to provide node protection for tunnels running over the specified interface.

If you unconfigure the nhop-only command, you trigger a backup assignment on primary tunnels running over that link. The automatic backup tunnel feature attempts to create NNHOP backup tunnnels to provide node protection for the specified tunnels.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

In the following example, NNHOP automatic backup tunnels are destroyed and only NHOP tunnels with link protection is configured:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface pos 0/1/0/1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# auto-tunnel backup
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-auto-backup)# nhop-only

Related Commands


Command	Description
auto-tunnel backup (MPLS-TE)	Builds automatic NHOP and NNHOP backup tunnels.

overflow threshold (MPLS-TE)

To configure the tunnel overflow detection, use the overflow threshold command in MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode. To disable the overflow detection feature, use the no form of this command.

overflow threshold percentage [ min bandwidth ] limit limit

no overflow threshold

Syntax Description


`percentage`	Bandwidth change percent to trigger an overflow. The range is from 1 to 100.
min `bandwidth`	(Optional) Configures the bandwidth change value, in kbps, to trigger an overflow. The range is from 10 to 4294967295. The default is 10.
limit `limit`	Configures the number of consecutive collection intervals that exceeds the threshold. The bandwidth overflow triggers an early tunnel bandwidth update. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is none.

Command Default

The default value is disabled.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.9.0	The Usage Guidelines was updated to describe overflow detection.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

If you modify the limit keyword, the consecutive overflows counter for the tunnel is also reset.

If you enable or modify the minimum value, the current consecutive overflows counter for the tunnel is also reset, which effectively restarts the overflow detection from scratch.

Several number of consecutive bandwidth samples are greater than the overflow threshold (bandwidth percentage) and the minimum bandwidth configured, then a bandwidth application is updated immediately instead of waiting for the end of the application period.

Overflow detection applies only to bandwidth increase. For example, an overflow can not be triggered even if bandwidth decreases by more than the configured overflow threshold.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure the tunnel overflow detection for tunnel-te 1:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# auto-bw
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-autobw)# overflow threshold 50 limit 3

Related Commands


Command	Description
adjustment-threshold (MPLS-TE)	Configures the tunnel bandwidth change threshold to trigger an adjustment.
application (MPLS-TE)	Configures the application frequency in minutes for the applicable tunnel.
auto-bw (MPLS-TE)	Configures automatic bandwidth on a tunnel interface and enters MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode.
bw-limit (MPLS-TE)	Configures the minimum and maximum automatic bandwidth to set on a tunnel.
collect-bw-only (MPLS-TE)	Enables only the bandwidth collection without adjusting the automatic bandwidth.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

passive (GMPLS)

To configure a passive GMPLS tunnel, use the passive command in interface tunnel-gte configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

passive

no passive

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Interface tunnel-gte configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.3.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.8.0	GMPLS interfaces were supported under the tunnel-gte interface type.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

GMPLS interfaces are used under the tunnel-gte interface type.

Note

The LMP and GMPLS-NNI features are not supported on x86 RPs.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure a passive GMPLS virtual interface tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-gte 99
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# passive

Related Commands


Command	Description
destination (MPLS-TE)	Configures bidirectional optical tunnels.
interface tunnel-gte	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface for GMPLS interfaces.
lmp hello (GMPLS)	Configures LMP IPCC management hello settings.
match (GMPLS)	Configures or matches active and passive tunnels.
remote (GMPLS)	Configures remote TE links.
switching (GMPLS)	Configures TE-link switching attributes.

path-option (MPLS-TE)

To configure a path option for an MPLS-TE tunnel, use the path-option command in tunnel-te interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

path-option preference-priority [ protecting number ] { dynamic [ pce [ address ipv4 address ] ] | explicit { name path-name | identifier path-number } [ protected-by path-option-level ] } [attribute-set name] [ isis instance-name level level ] [lockdown] [ ospf instance-name area { value | address } ] [verbatim]

no path-option preference-priority { dynamic [ pce [ address ipv4 address ] ] | explicit { name path-name | identifier path-number } [ protected-by path-option-level ] } [ isis instance-name level level ] [lockdown] [ ospf instance-name area { value | address } ] [verbatim]

Syntax Description


`preference-priority`	Path option number. Range is from 1 to 1000.
protecting `number`	Specifies a path setup option to protect a path. The range is from 1 to 1000.
dynamic	Specifies that label switched paths (LSP) are dynamically calculated.
pce	(Optional) Specifies that the LSP is computed by a Path Computation Element (PCE).
address	(Optional) Configures the address for the PCE.
ipv4 `address`	Configures the IPv4 address for the PCE.
explicit	Specifies that LSP paths are IP explicit paths.
name `path-name`	Specifies the path name of the IP explicit path.
identifier `path-number`	Specifies a path number of the IP explicit path.
protected-by `path-option-level`	(Optional) Configures path protection for an explicit path that is protected by another explicit path.
isis `instance-name`	(Optional) Limits CSPF to a single IS-IS instance and area.
attribute-set `name`	(Optional) Specifies the attribute set for the LSP.
level `level`	Configures the level for IS-IS. The range is from 1 to 2.
lockdown	(Optional) Specifies that the LSP cannot be reoptimized.
ospf `instance-name`	(Optional) Limits CSPF to a single OSPF instance and area.
area	Configures the area for OSPF.
`value`	Decimal value for the OSPF area ID.
`address`	IP address for the OSPF area ID.
verbatim	(Optional) Bypasses the Topology/CSPF check for explicit paths.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Tunnel-te interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.2	The protecting keyword was added to support GMPLS protection and restoration.
Release 3.4.1	Both the verbatim and lockdown keywords can be used together.
Release 3.7.0	An IGP-area was specified with the path-option command. Both the isis and the ospf keywords were added.
Release 3.8.0	The pce , address , and ipv4 keywords were added. The `address` argument was added.
Release 4.2.0	The attribute-set keyword was added.
Release 4.2.3	The protected-by keyword was added.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

You can configure several path options for a single tunnel. For example, there can be several explicit path options and a dynamic option for one tunnel. The path setup preference is for lower (not higher) numbers, so option 1 is preferred.

When the lower number path option fails, the next path option is used to set up a tunnel automatically (unless using the lockdown option).

The protecting keyword specifies that you can configure path-protection for the primary LSP. The protecting keyword is available only for tunnel-gte interfaces.

You specify the backup path for the path-option command in case of the primary path failure.

CSPF areas are configured on a per-path-option basis.

Any primary explicit path on a path protection enabled tunnel can be configured to be protected by an explicit path option level using protected-by keyword. Only one explicit protecting path is supported per path option.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure the tunnel to use a named IPv4 explicit path as verbatim and lockdown options for the tunnel. This tunnel cannot reoptimize when the FRR event goes away, unless you manually reoptimize it:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option 1 explicit name test verbatim lockdown

The following example shows how to enable path protection on a tunnel to configure an explicit path:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option 1 explicit name po4
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option protecting 1 explicit name po6

The following example shows how to limit CSPF to a single OSPF instance and area:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option 1 explicit name router1 ospf 3 area 7 verbatim

The following example shows how to limit CSPF to a single IS-IS instance and area:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option 1 dynamic isis mtbf level 1 lockdown

Related Commands


Command	Description
mpls traffic-eng path-protection switchover gmpls	Specifies a switchover for path protection.
show explicit-paths	Displays the configured IP explicit paths.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

path-option (Named Tunnels)

To configure one or more path options - each identified by a unique name - for a given MPLS-TE named tunnel, use the path-option command in MPLS-TE named-tunnels configuration mode. To delete the path option, use the no form of this command.

path-option path-name { preference preference-priority | computation { dynamic | explicit explicit-path-name } }

no path-option path-name { preference preference-priority | computation { dynamic | explicit explicit-path-name } }

Syntax Description

path-name

Configures the given name to the path.

Note

If the path-option name contains more than one word, use hyphens to separate the words.

preference preference-priority

Specifies the path option preference. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. Lower values have a higher preference.

computation

Specifies the computation method for the path.

dynamic

Specifies that the path is dynamically calculated.

explicit

Specifies that an explicit path is used.

explicit-path-name

Configures the given name to the explicit path.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

MPLS-TE named tunnels configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 6.1.2	The `path-name` argument, and the preference and computation keywords were added to support the named tunnels and named path option configurations.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure one or more path options for a given MPLS-TE named tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#named-tunnels
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-named-tunnels)#tunnel-te FROM-NY-TO-SJ
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-tunnel-name)#destination 192.168.0.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-tunnel-name)#path-option VIA-SF
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-path-option-name)#preference 10
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-path-option-name)#computation explicit MyExplicitPath
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-path-option-name)#exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-tunnel-name)#path-option SHORTEST
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-path-option-name)#preference 20
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-path-option-name)#computation dynamic
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-path-option-name)#exit

path-option (P2MP TE)

To configure the primary or fallback path setup option for a Point-to-Multipoint (P2MP) TE tunnel, use the path-option command in P2MP destination interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

path-option preference-priority { dynamic | explicit { name path-name | identifier path-number } } [verbatim] [lockdown]

no path-option preference-priority { dynamic | explicit { name path-name | identifier path-number } } [verbatim] [lockdown]

Syntax Description


`preference-priority`	Path option number. Range is from 1 to 1000.
dynamic	Specifies that label switched paths (LSP) are dynamically calculated.
explicit	Specifies that LSP paths are IP explicit paths.
name `path-name`	Specifies the path name of the IP explicit path.
identifier `path-number`	Specifies a path number of the IP explicit path.
verbatim	(Optional) Bypasses the Topology/CSPF check for explicit paths.
lockdown	(Optional) Specifies that the LSP cannot be reoptimized.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

P2MP destination interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.9.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

You can configure several path options for each destination of a P2MP tunnel. For example, for one tunnel, there can be several explicit path options and a dynamic option. The path preference is for lower (not higher) numbers, so option 1 is preferred over higher options.

When the lower number path option fails, the next path option under the destination is attempted.

Several path-options can be configured for each destination under a tunnel.

When configuring multiple path-options under each destination of a P2MP tunnel, the PCALC on the TE tunnel source attempts to generate the P2MP tree starting from the preferred path-options (lower numbers) for each destination. If some destinations use explicit paths that cause remerges with the dynamic generated paths for other destinations in the P2MP tree, the PCALC source modifies the dynamic paths (for example, optimal path); therefore, it follows the explicit path to correct the remerge problem.

The path-option command is common for both Point-to-Point (P2P) and P2MP tunnels.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to configure a P2MP tunnel with two destinations and several path-options per destination:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-mte 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)#  destination 1.1.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)# path-option 1 explicit name po_dest1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)# path-option 2 dynamic

This example shows that the fallback path option is dynamic:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-mte 100 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 2.2.2.2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)# path-option 1 explicit name po_dest2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-p2mp-dest)# path-option 2 dynamic

Related Commands


Command	Description
destination (MPLS-TE)	Configures the destination address of a TE tunnel.
mpls traffic-eng path-protection switchover gmpls	Specifies a switchover for path protection.
show explicit-paths	Displays the configured IP explicit paths.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.
show mrib mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute	Displays information about Multicast Routing Information Base (MRIB) MPLS traffic engineering fast reroute.

path-selection cost-limit

To set the upper limit on the path aggregate admin-weight when computing paths for MPLS-TE LSPs, use the path-selection cost-limit command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the upper limit, use the no form of this command.

path-selection cost-limit cost-limit-value

Syntax Description


`cost-limit-value`	Configures the path-selection cost-limit value. The range is from 1 to 4294967295.

Command Default

The cost-limit is ignored.

Command Modes

Global configuration

Interface tunnel TE configuration

MPLS TE path-option attribute set configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.1.2	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Path-selection cost-limit configuration works only on MPLS TE tunnels. The cost-limit configured under path-option attribute-set configuration mode takes priority and will be in effect if the cost-limit is configured under global configuration, interface tunnel TE, and path-option attribute-set configuration modes. The cost-limit is ignored by default.

A LSP is created only if its path aggregate admin-weight is less than the specified path cost limit.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to set the path-selection cost-limit for under MPLS TE path-option attribute-set PO3AttrSet .



RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#attribute-set path-option PO3AttrSet 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)#path-selection cost-limit 50000

path-selection ignore overload (MPLS-TE)

To ignore the Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) overload bit setting for MPLS-TE, use the path-selection ignore overload command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

path-selection ignore overload {head | mid | tail}

no path-selection ignore overload {head | mid | tail}

Syntax Description


head	The tunnel stays up if set-overload-bit is set by ISIS on the head router. Ignores overload node during CSPF for the head node.
mid	The tunnel stays up if set-overload-bit is set by ISIS on the mid router. Ignores overload node during CSPF for the mid node.
tail	The tunnel stays up if set-overload-bit is set by ISIS on the tail router. Ignores overload node during CSPF for the tail node.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.4.0	This command was introduced.
Release 4.1.0	The head, mid, and tail keywords were added.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Use the path-selection ignore overload command to ensure that label switched paths (LSPs) are not broken because of routers that have IS-IS overload bit as enabled.

When the IS-IS overload bit avoidance (OLA) feature is activated, all nodes with the overload bit set, which includes head nodes, mid nodes, and tail nodes, are ignored. This means that they are still available for use with label switched paths (LSPs). This feature allows you to include an overloaded node in constraint-based shortest path first (CSPF).

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to use the path-selection ignore overload head command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# path-selection ignore overload
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# path-selection ignore overload head

path-selection invalidation

To configure the path invalidation timer such that when the timer expires, the path is either removed or the data is dropped, use the path-selection invalidation command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To remove the path invalidation timer, use the no form of this command.

path-selection invalidation path-invalidation-timer-value {drop | tear}

Syntax Description


`path-invalidation-timer-value`	Configures the path invalidation timer value in milliseconds. The range is from 0 to 60000.
drop	The data is dropped after the path invalidation timer expires.
tear	The path is torn down after the path invalidation timer expires.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 6.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to set the path-selection invalidation timer in MPLS TE configuration mode.



RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#path-selection invalidation 1 drop

path-selection loose-expansion affinity (MPLS-TE)

To specify the affinity value to be used to expand a path to the next loose hop for a tunnel on an area border router, use the path-selection loose-expansion affinity command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

path-selection loose-expansion affinity affinity-value mask affinity-mask [ class-type type ]

no path-selection loose-expansion affinity affinity-value mask affinity-mask [ class-type type ]

Syntax Description


`affinity-value`	Attribute values required for links carrying this tunnel. A 32-bit decimal number. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF, representing 32 attributes (bits), where the value of an attribute is 0 or 1.
mask `affinity-mask`	Checks the link attribute, a 32-bit decimal number. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF, representing 32 attributes (bits), where the value of an attribute mask is 0 or 1.
class-type `type`	(Optional) Requests the class-type of the tunnel bandwidth. Range is 0 to 1.

Command Default

affinity-value : 0X00000000

mask-value : 0XFFFFFFFF

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.4.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Note

The new affinity scheme (based on names) is not supported for loose-hop expansion. New configuration does not affect the already up tunnels.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure affinity 0x55 with mask 0xFFFFFFFF:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# path-selection loose-expansion affinity 55 mask FFFFFFFF

Related Commands


Command	Description
path-selection loose-expansion metric (MPLS-TE)	Configures a metric type to be used to expand a path to the next loose hop for a tunnel on an area border router.
path-selection metric (MPLS-TE)	Configures the MPLS-TE tunnel path-selection metric.

path-selection loose-expansion metric (MPLS-TE)

To configure a metric type to be used to expand a path to the next loose hop for a tunnel on an area border router, use the path-selection loose-expansion metric command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

path-selection loose-expansion metric { igp | te } [ class-type type ]

no path-selection loose-expansion metric { igp | te } [ class-type type ]

Syntax Description


igp	Configures an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) metric.
te	Configures a TE metric. This is the default.
class-type `type`	(Optional) Requests the class type of the tunnel bandwidth. Range is 0 to 1.

Command Default

The default is TE metric.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.4.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Note

New configurations do not affect tunnels that are already up.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the path-selection metric to use the IGP metric overwriting default:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# path-selection loose-expansion metric igp

Related Commands


Command	Description
path-selection loose-expansion affinity (MPLS-TE)	Specifies the affinity value to be used to expand a path to the next loose hop for a tunnel on an area border router.

path-selection metric (MPLS-TE)

To specify the MPLS-TE tunnel path-selection metric, use the path-selection metric command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

path-selection metric { igp | te }

no path-selection metric { igp | te }

Syntax Description


igp	Configures an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) metric.
te	Configures a TE metric.

Command Default

The default is TE metric.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The metric type to be used for path calculation for a given tunnel is determined as follows:

If the path-selection metric command was entered to specify a metric type for the tunnel, use that metric type.
Otherwise, use the default (TE) metric.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the path-selection metric to use the IGP metric overwriting default:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# path-selection metric igp

Related Commands


Command	Description
path-selection loose-expansion affinity (MPLS-TE)	Specifies the affinity value to be used to expand a path to the next loose hop for a tunnel on an area border router.

path-selection metric (interface)

To configure an MPLS-TE tunnel path-selection metric type, use the path-selection metric command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

path-selection metric { igp | te }

no path-selection metric { igp | te }

Syntax Description


igp	Configures Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) metrics.
te	Configures TE metrics. This is the default.

Command Default

The default is TE metrics.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The metric type to be used for path calculation for a given tunnel is determined as follows:

If the path-selection metric command was entered to either a metric type for the tunnel or only a metric type, use that metric type.
Otherwise, use the default (TE) metric.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the path-selection metric to use the IGP metric overwriting default:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-selection metric igp

Related Commands


Command	Description
show mpls traffic-eng topology	Displays the tunnel path used.

pce address (MPLS-TE)

To configure the IPv4 self address for Path Computation Element (PCE), use the pce address command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

pce address ipv4 address

no pce address ipv4 address

Syntax Description


ipv4 `address`	Configures the IPv4 address for PCE.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.5.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The IP address is used in the TCP communication with the other PCEs or PCCs. In addition, this address is advertised using IGP.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure the IPv4 self address for PCE:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# pce address ipv4 10.10.10.10

Related Commands


Command	Description
pce keepalive (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCEP keepalive interval.
path-option (MPLS-TE)	Configures a path option for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
pce peer (MPLS-TE)	Configures an IPv4 self address for a PCE peer.
pce reoptimize (MPLS-TE)	Configures a periodic reoptimization timer.
pce request-timeout (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCE request-timeout.
pce tolerance keepalive (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCE tolerance keepalive (which is the minimum acceptable peer proposed keepalive).

pce deadtimer (MPLS-TE)

To configure a path computation element (PCE) deadtimer, use the pce deadtimer command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

pce deadtimer value

no pce deadtimer value

Syntax Description


`value`	Keepalive dead interval, in seconds. The range is 0 to 255.

Command Default

value : 120

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

When the dead interval is 0, the LSR does not time out a PCEP session to a remote peer.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure a PCE deadtimer:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# pce deadtimer 50

Related Commands


Command	Description
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
path-option (MPLS-TE)	Configures a path option for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
pce address (MPLS-TE)	Configures the IPv4 self address for a PCE.
pce keepalive (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCEP keepalive interval.
pce peer (MPLS-TE)	Configures an IPv4 self address for a PCE peer.
pce reoptimize (MPLS-TE)	Configures a periodic reoptimization timer.
pce request-timeout (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCE request-timeout.
pce tolerance keepalive (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCE tolerance keepalive (which is the minimum acceptable peer proposed keepalive).

pce keepalive (MPLS-TE)

To configure a path computation element protocol (PCEP) keepalive interval, use the pce keepalive command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To disable this command, use the no form of this command.

pce keepalive interval

no pce keepalive interval

Syntax Description


`interval`	Keepalive interval, in seconds. The range is 0 to 255.

Command Default

interval : 30

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

When the keepalive interval is 0, the LSR does not send keepalive messages.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure PCEP keepalive interval for 10 seconds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#(config-mpls-te) pce keepalive 10

Related Commands


Command	Description
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
path-option (MPLS-TE)	Configures a path option for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
pce address (MPLS-TE)	Configures the IPv4 self address for a PCE.
pce deadtimer (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCE deadtimer.
pce peer (MPLS-TE)	Configures an IPv4 self address for a PCE peer.
pce reoptimize (MPLS-TE)	Configures a periodic reoptimization timer.
pce request-timeout (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCE request-timeout.
pce tolerance keepalive (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCE tolerance keepalive (which is the minimum acceptable peer proposed keepalive).

pce peer (MPLS-TE)

To configure an IPv4 self address for a path computation element (PCE) peer, use the pce peer command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

pce peer ipv4 address

no pce peer ipv4 address

Syntax Description


ipv4 `address`	Configures the IPv4 address for PCE.

Command Default

TE metric

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.5.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure an IPv4 self address for a PCE peer:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# pce peer ipv4 11.11.11.11

Related Commands


Command	Description
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
path-option (MPLS-TE)	Configures a path option for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
pce address (MPLS-TE)	Configures the IPv4 self address for a PCE.
pce deadtimer (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCE deadtimer.
pce keepalive (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCEP keepalive interval.
pce reoptimize (MPLS-TE)	Configures a periodic reoptimization timer.
pce request-timeout (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCE request-timeout.
pce tolerance keepalive (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCE tolerance keepalive (which is the minimum acceptable peer proposed keepalive).

pce reoptimize (MPLS-TE)

To configure a periodic reoptimization timer, use the pce reoptimize command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

pce reoptimize value

no pce reoptimize value

Syntax Description


`value`	Periodic reoptimization timer value, in seconds. The range is 60 to 604800.

Command Default

value : 3600

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

When the dead interval is 0, the LSR does not time out a path computation element protocol (PCEP) session to a remote peer.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure a periodic reoptimization timer for 200 seconds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# pce reoptimize 200

Related Commands


Command	Description
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
path-option (MPLS-TE)	Configures a path option for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
pce address (MPLS-TE)	Configures the IPv4 self address for a PCE.
pce deadtimer (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCE deadtimer.
pce keepalive (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCEP keepalive interval.
pce peer (MPLS-TE)	Configures an IPv4 self address for a PCE peer.
pce request-timeout (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCE request-timeout.
pce tolerance keepalive (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCE tolerance keepalive (which is the minimum acceptable peer proposed keepalive).

pce request-timeout (MPLS-TE)

To configure a path computation element (PCE) request-timeout, use the pce request-timeout command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

pce request-timeout value

no pce request-timeout value

Syntax Description


`value`	PCE request-timeout, in seconds. The range is 5 to 100.

Command Default

value : 10

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

PCC or PCE keeps a pending path request only for the request-timeout period.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure a PCE request-timeout for 10 seconds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# pce request-timeout 10

Related Commands


Command	Description
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
path-option (MPLS-TE)	Configures a path option for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
pce address (MPLS-TE)	Configures the IPv4 self address for a PCE.
pce deadtimer (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCE deadtimer.
pce keepalive (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCEP keepalive interval.
pce peer (MPLS-TE)	Configures an IPv4 self address for a PCE peer
pce reoptimize (MPLS-TE)	Configures a periodic reoptimization timer.
pce tolerance keepalive (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCE tolerance keepalive (which is the minimum acceptable peer proposed keepalive).

pce stateful-client

To enter the stateful PCE client configuration mode and enable stateful PCE capabilities, use the pce stateful-client command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To disable stateful PCE capabilities, use the no form of this command.

pce stateful-client

no pce stateful-client

This command has no keywords or arguments.

Command Default

Stateful PCE is disabled.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.1.1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

When the stateful-client configuration is added to the TE-node, it will close all existing PCEP peer connections, and add the stateful capabilities TLV to the OPEN object it exchanges during the PCEP session establishment.

When the stateful-client configuration is removed from the TE-node, it will delete all PCE instantiated tunnels, close all existing PCEP connections, and no longer add the stateful capabilities TLV to the OPEN object it exchanges during the PCEP session establishment.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to configure stateful PCE mode:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#pce stateful-client 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-pce-stateful)#

pce tolerance keepalive (MPLS-TE)

To configure a path computation element (PCE) tolerance keepalive (which is the minimum acceptable peer proposed keepalive), use the pce tolerance keepalive command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

pce tolerance keepalive value

no pce tolerance keepalive value

Syntax Description


`value`	PCE tolerance keepalive value, in seconds. The range is 0 to 255.

Command Default

value : 10

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure a PCE tolerance keepalive for 10 seconds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# pce tolerance keepalive 10

Related Commands


Command	Description
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
path-option (MPLS-TE)	Configures a path option for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
pce address (MPLS-TE)	Configures the IPv4 self-address for a PCE.
pce deadtimer (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCE deadtimer.
pce keepalive (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCEP keepalive interval.
pce peer (MPLS-TE)	Configures an IPv4 self address for a PCE peer
pce reoptimize (MPLS-TE)	Configures a periodic reoptimization timer.
pce request-timeout (MPLS-TE)	Configures a PCE request-timeout.

peer source ipv4

To configure PCEP session outgoing interface, use the peer source ipv4 command in MPLS-TE pce configuration mode.

peer source ipv4 ip-address

Syntax Description


`ip-address`	Specifies IP version 4 address of the source in A.B.C.D format.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE pce configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.3.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure PCEP session outgoing interface:


RP/0/0/CPU0:ios#configure
RP/0/0/CPU0:ios(config)#mpls traffic-eng pce
RP/0/0/CPU0:ios(config-mpls-te-pce)#peer source ipv4 1.1.1.1

policy-class

To configure policy-based tunnel selection (PBTS) to direct traffic into specific TE tunnels, use the policy-class command in interface configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

Multiple EXP values can be specified as part of a policy-class, separated by spaces. The EXP values configured to a TE tunnel effectively form a monolithic policy-class, which should not overlap with other policy-classes. Once an EXP value is used in a policy-class configuration, it can only be reused if the subsequent policy-class configurations containing that EXP value are identical. For example, if the configuration policy-class 1 2 3 is applied to one or more tunnels, configurations such as policy-class 1 , policy-class 2 3 , or policy-class 3 4 5 become invalid.

policy-class { 1 - 7 | default }

no policy-class

Syntax Description


`1 - 7`	Policy-class attribute to map the correct traffic class to this policy. Multiple EXP values can be specified, separated by spaces.
default	Default tunnel policy class.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.6.0	This command was introduced.
Release 4.3.1	The support for specifying multiple traffic class to policy-class attribute added. The new keyword default added to the command for defining the default tunnel on the router.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Use the policy-class command to enable policy-based tunnel selection (PBTS). See Cisco IOS XR MPLS Configuration Guide for the Cisco CRS-1 Router for more information on PBTS.

To display the configured PBTS policy-class value, use the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command.

To display information about PBTS configuration, use the show cef and show cef hardware commands in Cisco IOS XR IP Addresses and Services Command Reference for the Cisco CRS-1 Router.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure a policy class:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# policy-class 7

The following example shows how to configure a policy-class that maps to multiple traffic classes:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# policy-class 1 2 3

The following example shows how to configure a default policy-class tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# policy-class default
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# commit

Related Commands


Command	Description
interface tunnel-te	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.
show cef	Displays the IPv4 or IPv6 Cisco Express Forwarding table.
show cef hardware	Displays Cisco Express Forwarding IPv4 or IPv6 hardware status and configuration information.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

precedence

To configure stateful path computation elements (PCEs) for delegating label switched paths (LSPs), use the precedence command in MPLS-TE pce configuration mode. To remove the configuration, use the no form of this command.

precedence N

no precedence N

Syntax Description


`N`	Precedence value. The range is from 0 to 255.

Command Default

N: 255

Command Modes

MPLS-TE pce configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.3.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The path computation client (PCC) uses the configured precedence value to select stateful PCEs for delegating LSPs. Low precedence value corresponds to high priority.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure precedence for a PCE IPv4 peer:


RP/0/0/CPU0:ios#configure
RP/0/0/CPU0:ios(config)#mpls traffic-eng pce
RP/0/0/CPU0:ios(config-mpls-te-pce)#peer ipv4 10.1.1.1
RP/0/0/CPU0:ios(config-mpls-te-pce-peer)#precedence 255

priority (MPLS-TE)

To configure the setup and reservation priority for an MPLS-TE tunnel, use the priority command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

priority setup-priority hold-priority

no priority setup-priority hold-priority

Syntax Description


`setup-priority`	Priority used when signaling a label switched path (LSP) for this tunnel to determine which existing tunnels can be preempted. Range is 0 to 7 (in which a lower number indicates a higher priority). Therefore, an LSP with a setup priority of 0 can preempt any LSP with a non-0 priority.
`hold-priority`	Priority associated with an LSP for this tunnel to determine if it should be preempted by other LSPs that are being signaled. Range is 0 to 7 (in which a lower number indicates a higher priority).

Command Default

setup-priority : 7

hold-priority : 7

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

When an LSP is signaled and an interface does not currently have enough bandwidth available for that LSP, the call admission software (if necessary) preempts lower-priority LSPs to admit the new LSP. Accordingly, the new LSP priority is the setup priority and the existing LSP priority is the hold priority. The two priorities make it possible to signal an LSP with a low setup priority (so that the LSP does not preempt other LSPs on setup) and a high hold priority (so that the LSP is not preempted after it is established). Setup priority and hold priority are typically configured to be equal, and setup priority cannot be numerically smaller than the hold priority.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure a tunnel with a setup and hold priority of 1:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# priority 1 1

Related Commands


Command	Description
interface tunnel-te	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface.

record-route

To record the route used by a tunnel, use the record-route command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

record-route

no record-route

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Note

You must configure record-route on TE tunnels that are protected by multiple backup tunnels merging at a single node.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable record-route on the TE tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# record-route

Related Commands


Command	Description
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

redelegation-timeout

To configure the time (in seconds) that a path computation client (PCC) must wait before re-delegating LSPs after a PCEP session with the active stateful PCE is disconnected, use the redelegation-timeout command in MPLS-TE pce configuration mode.

redelegation-timeout seconds

Syntax Description


`seconds`	Specifies redelegation timeout for LSPs after session failure in seconds. The range is from 0 to 3600.

Command Default

seconds: 180

Command Modes

MPLS-TE pce configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.3.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure the time (in seconds) that a PCC must wait before re-delegating LSPs:


RP/0/0/CPU0:ios#configure
RP/0/0/CPU0:ios(config)#mpls traffic-eng pce
RP/0/0/CPU0:ios(config-mpls-te-pce)#stateful-client timers redelegation-timeout 30

remote (GMPLS)

To configure Link Management Protocol (LMP) Neighbor remote Traffic Engineering (TE) links, use the remote command in MPLS-TE interface LMP data link adjacency configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

remote { interface-id unnum identifier | switching capability | { fsc | lsc | psc1 } | te-link-id | { ipv4 address | unnum identifier } }

no remote { interface-id unnum identifier | switching capability | { fsc | lsc | psc1 } | te-link-id | { ipv4 address | unnum identifier } }

Syntax Description


interface-id	Configures the LMP neighbor remote interface identifier.
unnum `identifier`	Configures the unnumbered interface identifier. Range is 1 to 4294967295.
switching-capability	Configures the remote LMP MPLS-TE interface switching capability.
fsc \| lsc \| psc1	Configures the capability types: Fiber-Switch Capable, Lambda-Switch Capable, and Packet-Switch Capable.
te-link-id	Configures the remote LMP MPLS-TE link ID address.
ipv4 `address`	Configures the IPv4 address.
unnum `identifier`	Configures the unnumbered interface and identifier.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE interface LMP data link adjacency configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.3.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Note

The LMP and GMPLS-NNI features are not supported on x86 RPs.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure LMP Neighbor remote TE links for unnumber interface-id 1066:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface POS 0/1/0/0
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# lmp data-link adjacency
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-adj)# remote interface-id unnnum 1066

Related Commands


Command	Description
destination (MPLS-TE)	Configures bidirectional optical tunnels.
lmp hello (GMPLS)	Configures LMP IPCC management hello settings.
match (GMPLS)	Configures or matches active and passive tunnels.
passive (GMPLS)	Configures passive GMPLS tunnels.
switching (GMPLS)	Configures TE-link switching attributes.

reoptimize (MPLS-TE)

To force the reoptimization interval for all TE tunnels, use the reoptimize command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

reoptimize frequency

no reoptimize frequency

Syntax Description


`frequency`	Timer frequency range, in seconds. Range is from 0 to 604800. Note: A value of 0 disables periodic reoptimization. Any value in the range from 1 to 60 results in periodic reoptimization that occurs every 60 seconds.

Command Default

frequency : 3600

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to force the reoptimization interval to 60 seconds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# reoptimize 60

Related Commands


Command	Description
mpls traffic-eng reoptimize (EXEC)	Triggers the reoptimization interval of all TE tunnels.

reoptimize timers delay (MPLS-TE)

To delay removal or relabeling of the old label switched paths (LSPs) (reoptimized LSP from the forwarding plane) after tunnel reoptimization, use the reoptimize timers delay command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To restore the default value, use the no form of this command.

reoptimize timers delay { after-frr seconds | cleanup delay-time | installation delay-time | path-protection seconds }

no reoptimize timers delay { after-frr seconds | cleanup delay-time | installation delay-time | path-protection seconds }

Syntax Description


after-frr	Delays the LSP reoptimization in the event of the FRR.
`seconds`	Reoptimization initiation delay time of the tunnel, in seconds, after an FRR event. Range is from 0 to 120.
cleanup	Delays removal of the old LSPs after tunnel reoptimization.
`delay-time`	Reoptimization delay time, in seconds. A value of 0 disables delay. The valid range is from 0 to 300 for cleanup time.
installation	Delays installation of a new label after tunnel reoptimization.
`delay-time`	Reoptimization delay time, in seconds. A value of 0 disables delay. The valid range is 0 to 3600 for installation time.
path-protection	Delays the time between path protection switchover event and tunnel reoptimization.
`seconds`	Time, in seconds, between path protection switchover event and tunnel reoptimization. A value of 0 disables delay. Range is from 0 to 604800.

Command Default

after-frr delay : 0

cleanup delay : 20

delay-time : 20

installation delay : 20

path-protection : 180

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.9.0	The after-frr and path-protection keywords were added.

Usage Guidelines

A device with Multiprotocol Label Switching traffic engineering (MPLS-TE) tunnels periodically examines tunnels with established LSPs to discover whether more efficient LSPs (paths) are available. If a better LSP is available, the device signals the more efficient LSP; if the signaling is successful, the device replaces the older LSP with the new, more efficient LSP.

Sometimes the slower router-point nodes may not yet utilize the new label’s forwarding plane. In this case, if the headend node replaces the labels quickly, it can result in brief packet loss. By delaying the cleanup of the old LSP using the reoptimize timers delay cleanup command, packet loss is avoided.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the reoptimization cleanup delay time to 1 minute:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# reoptimize timers delay cleanup 60

The following example shows how to set the reoptimization installation delay time to 40 seconds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# reoptimize timers delay installation 40

The following example shows how to set the reoptimization delay time after the event of the FRR to 50 seconds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# reoptimize timers delay after-frr 50

The following example shows how to set the reoptimization delay time between path protection switchover event and tunnel reoptimization to 80:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# reoptimize timers delay path-protection 80

Related Commands


Command	Description
mpls traffic-eng reoptimize (EXEC)	Reoptimizes all traffic engineering tunnels immediately.

route-priority

To enable users to adjust the route-priority given to TE labels into the data plane, compared to labels and route updates from other protocols, use the route-priority command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

route-priority role { middle | head { primary | backup } } queue queue

no route-priority role { middle | head { primary | backup } }

Syntax Description


role	Defines the role of the tunnel to which the label belongs.
middle	A tunnel mid-point.
head backup	A tunnel head which is assigned as a FRR backup to an interface.
head primary	All other tunnel heads.
`queue`	Defines the queue number. Range is from 0 to 12 inclusive; lower values represent higher priority queues.

Command Default

head backup: 9

head primary: 10

middle: 10

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.2.4	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to change the priority given to TE labels when updates to the forwarding plane are made from the control plane.

The priority values used by other applications are:

0 - Unused
1 - Unused
2 - RIB/LDP (Critical)
3 - Unused
4 - Unused
5 - RIB/LDP (High)
6 - Unused
7 - Unused
8 - RIB/LDP (Medium)
9 - TE backup tunnel head
10 - Other TE tunnels
11 - Unused (future TE use)
12 - Unused (future TE use)

Caution

The default prioritization of label updates from the control plane to the forwarding plane has been carefully chosen to avoid traffic loss under both normal operation and high system load, and to balance the needs of the various features that employ label switching. Changing these defaults may cause unpredictable behavior including traffic loss, especially when the router is experiencing high load. Use of this command is not recommended without proper understanding of its effects and possible side-effects.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable route-priority:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# route-priority role middle queue 7

router-id secondary (MPLS-TE)

To configure a secondary TE router identifier in MPLS-TE to be used locally (not advertised through IGP), use the router-id secondary command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

router-id secondary IP address

no router-id secondary IP address

Syntax Description


`IP address`	IPv4 address to be used as secondary TE router ID.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.4.1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Use the router-id secondary command on tail end nodes to terminate verbatim tunnels to secondary TE RIDs as destinations.

You can configure up to 32 IPv4 addresses as TE secondary router IDs.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure a secondary TE router identifier in MPLS-TE:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# router-id secondary 1.1.1.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# router-id secondary 2.2.2.2

Related Commands


Command	Description
mpls traffic-eng router-id (MPLS-TE router)	Specifies that the TE router identifier for the node is the IP address associated with a given interface.

show explicit-paths

To display the configured IP explicit paths, use the show explicit-paths command in EXEC mode.

show explicit-paths [ name path-name | identifier number ]

Syntax Description


name `path-name`	(Optional) Displays the name of the explicit path.
identifier `number`	(Optional) Displays the number of the explicit path. Range is 1 to 65535.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

An IP explicit path is a list of IP addresses that represent a node or link in the explicit path.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show explicit-paths command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show explicit-paths
  
  Path ToR2    status enabled 
          0x1: next-address 192.168.1.2 
          0x2: next-address 10.20.20.20 
  Path ToR3    status enabled 
          0x1: next-address 192.168.1.2
          0x2: next-address 192.168.2.2 
          0x3: next-address 10.30.30.30
  Path 100    status enabled 
          0x1: next-address 192.168.1.2 
          0x2: next-address 10.20.20.20 
  Path 200    status enabled
          0x1: next-address 192.168.1.2
          0x2: next-address 192.168.2.2 
          0x3: next-address 10.30.30.30

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 1. show explicit-paths Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Path	Pathname or number, followed by the path status.
1: next-address	First IP address in the path.
2: next-address	Second IP address in the path.

The following shows a sample output from the show explicit-paths command using a specific path name:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show explicit-paths name ToR3
  
  Path ToR3    status enabled 
          0x1:  next-address 192.168.1.2
          0x2:  next-address 192.168.2.2 
          0x3:  next-address 10.30.30.30

The following shows a sample output from the show explicit-paths command using a specific path number:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show explicit-paths identifier 200
  
  Path 200    status enabled
          0x1:  next-address 192.168.1.2
          0x2:  next-address 192.168.2.2 
          0x3:  next-address 10.30.30.30

Related Commands


Command	Description
index exclude-address	Specifies the next IP address to exclude from the explicit path.
index next-address	Specifies path entries at a specific index.

show interfaces tunnel-te accounting

To display IPv4 and IPv6 statistics for MPLS traffic engineering (TE) tunnels, use the show interfaces tunnel-te accounting command in EXEC mode.

show interfaces tunnel-te tunnel-number accounting [ location location-id | | rates ]

Syntax Description


`tunnel-number`	Specifies TE tunnel number. Range is from 0 to 6553.
location `location-id`	Specifies fully qualified location of the TE tunnel.
rates	Displays interface accounting rates.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.1.1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read

Examples

This example displays accounting information from tunnel-te interface 1 :


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show interface tunnel-te 1 accounting

tunnel-te1
  Protocol              Pkts In         Chars In     Pkts Out        Chars Out
  IPV4_UNICAST                0                0            5              520
  IPV6_UNICAST                0                0           15             1560

show mpls traffic-eng affinity-map

To display the color name-to-value mappings configured on the router, use the show mpls traffic-eng affinity-map command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng affinity-map

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.4.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.9.0	The Bit Position field was added to the sample output.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

If the affinity value of an affinity associated with an affinity constraint is unknown, the show mpls traffic-eng affinity-map command output displays: "(refers to undefined affinity name)"

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng affinity-map command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng affinity-map
  
  Affinity Name                            Bit-position     Affinity Value
    ----------------------------------   --------------   ----------------
     bcdefghabcdefghabcdefghabcdefgha                0                  1
                                 red1                1                  2
                                 red2                2                  4
                                 red3                3                  8
                                 red4                4                 10
                                 red5                5                 20
                                 red6                6                 40
                                 red7                7                 80
                                 red8                8                100
                                 red9                9                200
                                red10               10                400
                                red11               11                800
                                red12               12               1000
                                red13               13               2000
                                red14               14               4000
                                red15               15               8000
                                red16               16              10000
     cdefghabcdefghabcdefghabcdefghab               17              20000
                                red18               18              40000
                                red19               19              80000
                                red20               20             100000
                                red21               21             200000
                                red22               22             400000
                                red23               23             800000
                                red24               24            1000000
                                red25               25            2000000
                                red26               26            4000000
                                red27               27            8000000
                              black28               28           10000000
                                red28               29           20000000
                                red30               30           40000000
     abcdefghabcdefghabcdefghabcdefgh               31           80000000

Table 1describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 2. show mpls traffic-eng affinity-map Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Affinity Name	Affinity name associated with the tunnel affinity constraints.
Bit-position	Bit position set in the 32-bit affinity value
Affinity Value	Affinity value associated with the affinity name.

Related Commands


Command	Description
affinity	Configures an affinity (the properties the tunnel requires in its links) for an MPLS-TE tunnel.
affinity-map	Assigns a numerical value to each affinity name.

show mpls traffic-eng attribute-set

To display the attribute set for MPLS-TE, use the show mpls traffic-eng attribute-set command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng attribute-set [ auto-backup | auto-mesh | path-option | xro | [attribute-set-name] ]

Syntax Description


auto-backup	Displays information for the auto-backup attribute type.
auto-mesh	Displays information for the auto-mesh attribute type.
path-option	Displays information for the path-option attribute type.
xro	Displays information for the XRO attribute type.
`attribute-set-name`	Specifies the name of the attribute set to be displayed.

Command Default

Displays information about all types of attribute sets.

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 4.3.0	The xro keyword was added.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

To use this command, first enable the MPLS-TE application.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read
ouni	read

Examples

The following command shows the attribute set for auto-backup attribute type.

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng attribute-set auto-backup auto1

Attribute Set Name: auto1 (Type: auto-backup)
  Affinity: 0x0/0xffff  (Default)
  Priority: 7 7 (Default)
  Record-route: Enabled
  Policy-class: 0 (Not configured)
  Logging: None
  List of protected interfaces (count 0)
  List of tunnel IDs (count 0)

The following command shows the attribute set for auto-mesh attribute type.

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng attribute-set auto-mesh mesh1

Attribute Set Name: mesh1 (Type: auto-mesh)
  Bandwidth: 0 kbps (CT0) (Default)
  Affinity: 0x0/0xffff  (Default)
  Priority: 7 7 (Default)
  Interface Bandwidth: 0 kbps (Default)
  AutoRoute Announce: Disabled
  Auto-bw: Disabled
  Soft Preemption: Disabled
  Fast Reroute: Disabled, Protection Desired: None
  Record-route: Disabled
  Policy-class: 0 (Not configured)
  Logging: None
  List of Mesh Groups (count 0)

The following command shows the attribute set for path-option attribute type.

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng attribute-set path-option path1

Attribute Set Name: path1 (Type: path option)
  Bandwidth: 0 kbps (CT0) (Default)
  Affinity: 0x0/0xffff  (Default)
  List of tunnel IDs (count 0)

The following command shows the attribute set for xro.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng attribute-set xro

Attribute Set Name: foo (Type: XRO)
  Number of XRO constraints : 2
    LSP, best-effort, LSP-id used
      Specified by FEC: tunnel-id 55, LSP-id 88, ext. id 10.10.10.10
                        source 10.10.10.10, destination 20.20.20.20
    LSP, strict, LSP-id ignored
      Specified by FEC: tunnel-id 3, LSP-id 0, ext. id 1.1.1.1
                        source 1.1.1.1, destination 2.2.2.2

show mpls traffic-eng autoroute

To display tunnels that are announced to the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), including information about next hop and destinations, use the show mpls traffic-eng autoroute command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng autoroute [ name tunnel-name ] [IP-address]

Syntax Description


`IP-address`	(Optional) Tunnel leading to this address.
name `tunnel-name`	(Optional) Specifies a tunnel by name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 5.1.1	Support was added to include name `tunnel-name` keyword and argument and to display `signalled-name` in the command output. Support was added to display MPLS TE IPv6 autoroute announce information for IS-IS IGP.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The traffic-engineering tunnels are taken into account for the enhanced shortest path first (SPF) calculation of the IGP. The show mpls traffic-eng autoroute command displays those tunnels that IGP is currently using in its enhanced SPF calculation (that is, those tunnels that are up and have autoroute configured).

Tunnels are organized by destination. All tunnels to a destination carry a share of the traffic tunneled to that destination.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng autoroute command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng autoroute
  
  Destination 103.0.0.3 has 2 tunnels in OSPF 0 area 0
  tunnel-te1 (traffic share 1, nexthop 103.0.0.3)
  tunnel-te2 (traffic share 1, nexthop 103.0.0.3)

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 3. show mpls traffic-eng autoroute Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Destination	Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) TE tail-end router ID.
traffic share	A factor, based on bandwidth, indicating how much traffic this tunnel should carry, relative to other tunnels, to the same destination. If two tunnels go to a single destination, one with a traffic share of 200 and the other with a traffic share of 100, the first tunnel carries two-thirds of the traffic.
Nexthop	Next-hop router ID of the MPLS-TE tunnel.
absolute metric	Metric with mode absolute for the MPLS-TE tunnel.
relative metric	Metric with mode relative for the MPLS-TE tunnel.

This sample output displays Signalled-Name information:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng autoroute
Destination 192.168.0.4 has 1 tunnels in OSPF ring area 0
    tunnel-te1 (traffic share 0, nexthop 192.168.0.4)
    Signalled-Name: rtrA_t1

This sample output displays IS-IS autoroute information:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls traffic-eng autoroute
Destination 192.168.0.1 has 1 tunnels in IS-IS ring level 1
    tunnel-te1 (traffic share 0, nexthop 192.168.0.1)
       (IS-IS ring level-1, IPV4 Unicast)
       (IS-IS ring level-1, IPV6 Unicast)

Related Commands


Command	Description
autoroute metric	Specifies the MPLS-TE tunnel metric that the IGP-enhanced SPF calculation uses.
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.
topology holddown sigerr (MPLS-TE)	Specifies the time that a router should ignore a link in its TE topology database in tunnel path CSPF computations following a TE tunnel signalling error on the link.

show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup

To display information about automatically build MPLS-TE backup tunnels, use the show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel { backup [ private | summary | unused ] }

Syntax Description


backup	Displays information about auto-tunnel backup.
private	(Optional) Displays private information about the automatically build MPLS-TE backup tunnels.
summary	(Optional) Displays the automatically build MPLS-TE backup tunnels summary information.
unused	(Optional) Displays only unused MPLS-TE backup tunnels.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.0.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read

Examples

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup command:


AutoTunnel Backup Configuration:
    Interfaces count: 4
    Unused removal timeout: 1h 0m 0s
    Configured tunnel number range: 2000-2500

AutoTunnel Backup Summary:
    AutoTunnel Backups:
             1 created, 1 up, 0 down, 0 unused
             1 NHOP, 0 NNHOP, 0 SRLG strict, 0 SRLG preferred
    Protected LSPs:
             1 NHOP, 0 NHOP+SRLG
             0 NNHOP, 0 NNHOP+SRLG
    Protected S2L Sharing Families:
             0 NHOP, 0 NHOP+SRLG
             0 NNHOP, 0 NNHOP+SRLG
    Protected S2Ls:
             0 NHOP, 0 NHOP+SRLG
             0 NNHOP, 0 NNHOP+SRLG

Cumulative Counters (last cleared 05:17:19 ago):
                        Total   NHOP  NNHOP
    Created:                1      1      0
    Connected:              1      1      0
    Removed (down):         0      0      0
    Removed (unused):       0      0      0
    Removed (in use):       0      0      0
    Range exceeded:         0      0      0

AutoTunnel Backups:
        Tunnel   State   Protection   Prot.       Protected   Protected
          Name              Offered  Flows*       Interface    Node
-------------- ------- ------------ ------- --------------- ---------------
 tunnel-te2000      up NHOP               1       Gi0/2/0/2     N/A

*Prot. Flows = Total Protected LSPs, S2Ls and S2L Sharing Families

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh command:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh

Auto-tunnel Mesh Global Configuration: 
  Unused removal timeout: 2h
  Configured tunnel number range: 10000-12000

Auto-tunnel Mesh Groups Summary:
  Mesh Groups count: 5
Mesh Groups Destinations count: 50

Mesh Group 40 (2 Destinations, 1 Up, 1 Down):
  Destination-list: dl-40
  Attribute-set: ta_name 
  Destination: 40.40.40.40, tunnel-id: 10000, State: Up
  Destination: 10.10.10.10, tunnel-id: 10001, State: Down
Mesh Group 41 (3 Destinations, 2 Up, 1 Down):
  Destination-list: dl-40
  Attribute-set: ta_name 
  Destination: 4.4.4.4, tunnel-id: 10005, State: Up
  Destination: 3.3.3.3, tunnel-id: 10006, State: Up
  Destination: 1.1.1.1, tunnel-id: 10007, State: Down
Mesh Group 51 (0 Destinations, 0 Up, 0 Down):
  Destination-list: Not configured
  Attribute-set: Not configured 
Mesh Group 52 (0 Destinations, 0 Up, 0 Down):
  Destination-list: NAME1 (Not defined)
  Attribute-set: NAME2 (Not defined)
Mesh Group 53 (2 Destinations, 1 Up, 1 Down):
  Destination-list: dl-53
  Attribute-set: Not configured 
  Destination: 40.40.40.40, tunnel-id: 10000, State: Up
  Destination: 10.10.10.10, tunnel-id: 10001, State: Down
 

Cumulative Counters (last cleared 7h ago):
                    Total     
  Created:            100
  Connected:           50  
  Removed (unused):    50 
  Removed (in use):     0 
  Range exceeded:       0

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel private command:


Auto-tunnel Mesh Private Information:
  ID allocator overall maximum ID: 4096
  ID allocator last allocated ID: 50999
  ID allocator number IDs allocated: 1000

show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh

To display information about automatically built MPLS-TE mesh tunnels, use the show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh { mesh-value | unused | summary | attribute-set name | destination address | destination-list name | down | up | tunnel { created | not-created } | | onehop }

Syntax Description


mesh `mesh-value`	Displays the tunnels that belong to the specified auto-tunnel mesh group. The range of mesh group ID is from 0 to 4294967295.
attribute-set `name`	Displays mesh-groups configured with a specific attribute set.
destination `address`	Displays only the destinations with a specified address.
destination-list `name`	Displays mesh-groups configured with a specified prefix-list.
down	Displays only those tunnels that are down.
up	Displays only those tunnels that are up.
summary	Displays auto-tunnel mesh summary information.
unused	Displays only the down tunnels with no destination in the topology.
tunnel created \| not-created	Specifies either created destinations with tunnels, or not-created destinations without tunnels.
onehop	Displays onehop enabled mesh groups.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.1.1	This command was introduced.
Release 5.1.2	The onehop keyword was added to display onehop enabled mesh groups.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
MPLS-TE	read

Examples

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh command:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh 

Auto-tunnel Mesh Global Configuration:
  Unused removal timeout: 1h 0m 0s
  Configured tunnel number range: 1000-1200

Auto-tunnel Mesh Groups Summary:
  Mesh Groups count: 1
  Mesh Groups Destinations count: 3
  Mesh Groups Tunnels count:
    3 created, 0 up, 3 down, 0 FRR enabled

Mesh Group: 65 (3 Destinations)
  Status: Enabled
  Attribute-set: am-65
  Destination-list: dl-65 (Not a prefix-list)
  Recreate timer: Not running
       Destination    Tunnel ID    State  Unused timer
  ----------------  -----------  -------  ------------
       192.168.0.2         1000     up   Not running
       192.168.0.3         1001     up   Not running
       192.168.0.4         1002     up   Not running
  Displayed 3 tunnels, 0 up, 3 down, 0 FRR enabled

Auto-mesh Cumulative Counters:
  Last cleared: Wed Nov  9 12:56:37 2011 (02:39:07 ago)
                      Total
  Created:                3
  Connected:              0
  Removed (unused):       0
  Removed (in use):       0
  Range exceeded:         0

This shows how to configure the auto-tunnel mesh command with destination-list and attribute-set keywords:



RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# auto-tunnel mesh
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-auto-mesh)# group 65
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-mesh-group)# disable
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-mesh-group)# destination-list dl-65
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-mesh-group)# attribute-set am-65

Note

This attribute-set is an optional configuration. Without this configuration, all tunnels use default tunnel attribute values. If you configure an non-existent attribute-set, this mesh group does not create any tunnel.

Note

This destination-list configuration is mandatory. If there is no IPv4 prefix-list by this name on the router, this mesh group create tunnels with all routers in the network.

This sample output displays information about one-hop tunnels:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh onehop

Auto-tunnel Mesh Onehop Groups Summary:
  Mesh Groups count: 1
  Mesh Groups Destinations count: 2
  Mesh Groups Tunnels count:
    2 created, 2 up, 0 down, 0 FRR enabled

Mesh Group: 25 (2 Destinations) Onehop
  Status: Enabled
  Attribute-set: Not configured
  Destination-list: dest_list (Not a prefix-list)
  Recreate timer: Not running
       Destination    Tunnel ID    State  Unused timer
  ----------------  -----------  -------  ------------
       10.10.10.2         3500       up   Not running
       11.11.11.2         3501       up   Not running
  Displayed 2 tunnels, 2 up, 0 down, 0 FRR enabled

Auto-mesh Onehop Cumulative Counters:
  Last cleared: Thu Sep 12 13:39:38 2013 (03:47:21 ago)
                      Total
  Created:                2
  Connected:              2
  Removed (unused):       0
  Removed (in use):       0
  Range exceeded:         0

show mpls traffic-eng collaborator-timers

To display the current status of the MPLS-TE collaborator timers, use the show mpls traffic-eng collaborator-timers command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng collaborator-timers

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.9.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The MPLS-TE process maintains the timers for all of the collaborators such as RSVP, LSD, and so forth. The show mpls traffic-eng collaborator-timers command shows the status of these timers.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following sample output shows the current status of the collaborator timers:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng collaborator-timers
  
Collaborator Timers
-------------------
Timer Name: [LMRIB Restart] Index:[0]
    Duration: [60] Is running: NO
    Last start time:  02/09/2009 11:57:59
    Last stop time:   02/09/2009 11:58:00
    Last expiry time: Never expired
Timer Name: [LMRIB Recovery] Index:[1]
    Duration: [60] Is running: YES
    Last start time:  02/09/2009 11:58:00
    Last stop time:   Never Stopped
    Last expiry time: 19/08/2009 17:45:24
Timer Name: [RSVP Restart] Index:[2]
    Duration: [180] Is running: NO
    Last start time:  26/08/2009 18:59:18
    Last stop time:   26/08/2009 18:59:20
    Last expiry time: Never expired
Timer Name: [RSVP Recovery] Index:[3]
    Duration: [1800] Is running: NO
    Last start time:  26/08/2009 18:59:20
    Last stop time:   26/08/2009 19:03:19
    Last expiry time: 19/08/2009 18:12:39
Timer Name: [LSD Restart] Index:[4]
    Duration: [60] Is running: NO
    Last start time:  19/08/2009 17:44:26
    Last stop time:   19/08/2009 17:44:26
    Last expiry time: Never expired
Timer Name: [LSD Recovery] Index:[5]
    Duration: [600] Is running: NO
    Last start time:  19/08/2009 17:44:26
    Last stop time:   Never Stopped
    Last expiry time: 19/08/2009 17:53:44
Timer Name: [Clearing in progress BW for the whole topology] Index:[6]
    Duration: [60] Is running: YES
    Last start time:  02/09/2009 11:57:50
    Last stop time:   Never Stopped
    Last expiry time: 02/09/2009 11:57:50

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 4. show mpls traffic-eng collaborator-timers Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Timer Name	Timer name that is associated to a collaborator.
Index	Identification number of the timer.
Duration	Expiry delay of the timer, in seconds. For example, the duration indicates the timer interval.
Is running	Timer is running low or not.
Last start time	Last time that the collaborator process for MPLS LSD was restarted.
Last stop time	Time TE was able to reconnect to the MPLS LSD process.
Last expiry time	Time that timer expired.

show mpls traffic-eng counters signaling

To display tunnel signaling statistics, use the show mpls traffic-eng counters signaling command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng counters { signaling | soft-preemption } { tunnel -number | all | [ heads | mids | tails ] | name tunnel-name | summary }

Syntax Description


signaling	Displays signaling counters.
soft-preemption	Displays the statistics for the soft-preemption.
`tunnel-number`	Statistics for the input tunnel number. The range is from 0 to 65535.
all	Displays statistics for all tunnels.
heads	(Optional) Displays statistics for all tunnel heads.
mids	(Optional) Displays statistics for all tunnel midpoints.
tails	(Optional) Displays statistics for all tunnel tails.
name	Displays statistics for a specified tunnel.
`tunnel-name`	Name of the specified tunnel.
summary	Displays a summary of signaling statistics.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.5.0	Support was added for the middles keyword.
Release 3.8.0	The `tunnel-name` argument was added and the middles keyword was replaced with the mids keyword.
Release 3.9.0	The sample output for the all keyword was modified to display the tunnel signaling statistics for all tunnels that includes the tunnel-mte interface.
Release 4.2.0	The soft-preemption keyword was added.
Release 5.1.1	Support was added to include signame keyword and to display `signalled-name` in the command output.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

This is a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng counters signaling command, using the all keyword, which displays tunnel signaling statistics for all tunnels:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng counters signaling all
             
  
  Tunnel Head: tunnel-te100
  Cumulative Tunnel Counters:
    Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit                          Recv     Xmit
       PathCreate             1        1      ResvCreate             1        0
       PathChange             0        0      ResvChange             0        0
       PathError              0        0      ResvError              0        0
       PathTear               0       18      ResvTear               0        0
       BackupAssign           0        1      BackupError            0        0
       PathQuery              0        0      Unknown                0        0
  
    Destination 100.0.0.4
    Cumulative counters
      Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit                          Recv     Xmit
         PathCreate             1        1      ResvCreate             1        0
         PathChange             0        0      ResvChange             0        0
         PathError              0        0      ResvError              0        0
         PathTear               0       18      ResvTear               0        0
         BackupAssign           0        1      BackupError            0        0
         PathQuery              0        0      Unknown                0        0
      S2L LSP ID: 2 Sub-Grp ID: 0 Destination: 100.0.0.4
        Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit                          Recv     Xmit
           PathCreate             1        1      ResvCreate             1        0
           PathChange             0        0      ResvChange             0        0
           PathError              0        0      ResvError              0        0
           PathTear               0        0      ResvTear               0        0
           BackupAssign           0        1      BackupError            0        0
           PathQuery              0        0      Unknown                0        0
  
  Tunnel Head: tunnel-mte200
  Cumulative Tunnel Counters:
    Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit                          Recv     Xmit
       PathCreate             2        2      ResvCreate             2        0
       PathChange             0        0      ResvChange             0        0
       PathError              0        0      ResvError              0        0
       PathTear               0       20      ResvTear               0        0
       BackupAssign           0        2      BackupError            0        0
       PathQuery              0        0      Unknown                0        0
  
    Destination 100.0.0.4
    Cumulative counters
      Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit                          Recv     Xmit
         PathCreate             2        2      ResvCreate             2        0
         PathChange             0        0      ResvChange             0        0
         PathError              0        0      ResvError              0        0
         PathTear               0       20      ResvTear               0        0
         BackupAssign           0        2      BackupError            0        0
         PathQuery              0        0      Unknown                0        0
      S2L LSP ID: 10021 Sub-Grp ID: 1 Destination: 100.0.0.4
        Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit                          Recv     Xmit
           PathCreate             1        1      ResvCreate             1        0
           PathChange             0        0      ResvChange             0        0
           PathError              0        0      ResvError              0        0
           PathTear               0        0      ResvTear               0        0
           BackupAssign           0        1      BackupError            0        0
           PathQuery              0        0      Unknown                0        0
  
  Tunnel Mid/Tail: router Source: 100.0.0.1 P2MP ID: 1677721603 Tunnel ID: 1 LSP ID: 21
  Cumulative LSP Counters:
    Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit                          Recv     Xmit
       PathCreate             2        1      ResvCreate             2        1
       PathChange             0        0      ResvChange             0        0
       PathError              0        0      ResvError              0        0
       PathTear               0        0      ResvTear               0        0
       BackupAssign           0        0      BackupError            0        0
       PathQuery              0        0      Unknown                0        0
    S2L LSP ID: 21 Sub-Grp ID: 0 Destination: 100.0.0.3
      Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit                          Recv     Xmit
         PathCreate             2        1      ResvCreate             2        1
         PathChange             0        0      ResvChange             0        0
         PathError              0        0      ResvError              0        0
         PathTear               0        0      ResvTear               0        0
         BackupAssign           0        0      BackupError            0        0
         PathQuery              0        0      Unknown                0        0
  
  Tunnel Mid/Tail: router Source: 100.0.0.1 P2MP ID: 1677721603 Tunnel ID: 2 LSP ID: 21
  Cumulative LSP Counters:
    Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit                          Recv     Xmit
       PathCreate             2        1      ResvCreate             2        1
       PathChange             0        0      ResvChange             0        0
       PathError              0        0      ResvError              0        0
       PathTear               0        0      ResvTear               0        0
       BackupAssign           0        0      BackupError            0        0
       PathQuery              0        0      Unknown                0        0
    S2L LSP ID: 21 Sub-Grp ID: 0 Destination: 100.0.0.3
      Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit                          Recv     Xmit
         PathCreate             2        1      ResvCreate             2        1
         PathChange             0        0      ResvChange             0        0
         PathError              0        0      ResvError              0        0
         PathTear               0        0      ResvTear               0        0
         BackupAssign           0        0      BackupError            0        0
         PathQuery              0        0      Unknown                0        0
  
  Tunnel Mid/Tail: router-1_t3 Source: 100.0.0.1 P2MP ID: 1677721603 Tunnel ID: 3 LSP ID: 18
  Cumulative LSP Counters:
    Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit                          Recv     Xmit
       PathCreate             2        1      ResvCreate             2        1
       PathChange             0        0      ResvChange             0        0
       PathError              0        0      ResvError              0        0
       PathTear               0        0      ResvTear               0        0
       BackupAssign           0        0      BackupError            0        0
       PathQuery              0        0      Unknown                0        0
    S2L LSP ID: 18 Sub-Grp ID: 0 Destination: 100.0.0.3
      Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit                          Recv     Xmit
         PathCreate             2        1      ResvCreate             2        1
         PathChange             0        0      ResvChange             0        0
         PathError              0        0      ResvError              0        0
         PathTear               0        0      ResvTear               0        0
         BackupAssign           0        0      BackupError            0        0
         PathQuery              0        0      Unknown                0        0
  
  Tunnel Mid/Tail: router-3_t33 Source: 100.0.0.3 P2MP ID: 1677721605 Tunnel ID: 33 LSP ID: 2
  Cumulative LSP Counters:
    Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit                          Recv     Xmit
       PathCreate             2        1      ResvCreate             2        1
       PathChange             0        0      ResvChange             0        0
       PathError              0        0      ResvError              0        0
       PathTear               0        0      ResvTear               0        0
       BackupAssign           0        0      BackupError            0        0
       PathQuery              0        0      Unknown                0        0
    S2L LSP ID: 2 Sub-Grp ID: 0 Destination: 100.0.0.5
      Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit                          Recv     Xmit
         PathCreate             2        1      ResvCreate             2        1
         PathChange             0        0      ResvChange             0        0
         PathError              0        0      ResvError              0        0
         PathTear               0        0      ResvTear               0        0
         BackupAssign           0        0      BackupError            0        0
         PathQuery              0        0      Unknown                0        0
  
  Signaling Counter Summary:
    Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit                          Recv     Xmit
       PathCreate            11        7      ResvCreate            11        4
       PathChange             0        0      ResvChange             0        0
       PathError              0        0      ResvError              0        0
       PathTear               0       38      ResvTear               0        0
       BackupAssign           0        3      BackupError            0        0
       PathQuery              0        0      Unknown                0        0

This is a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng counters signaling command using the tunnel number argument, which displays statistics for the input tunnel number:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng counters signaling 200
            
Tunnel Head: tunnel-te200
Cumulative Tunnel Counters:
  Signalling Events  Recv     Xmit                    Recv     Xmit
     PathCreate        4       4      ResvCreate        4       0
     PathChange        0       0      ResvChange        0       0
     PathError         0       0      ResvError         0       0
     PathTear          0       1      ResvTear          0       0
     BackupAssign      0       4      BackupError       0       0
     PathQuery         0       0      Unknown           0       0
 
  Destination 3.3.3.3
  Cumulative counters
    Signalling Events Recv     Xmit                    Recv    Xmit
       PathCreate      4        4      ResvCreate       4       0
       PathChange      0        0      ResvChange       0       0
       PathError       0        0      ResvError        0       0
       PathTear        0        1      ResvTear         0       0
       BackupAssign    0        4      BackupError      0       0
       PathQuery       0        0      Unknown          0       0
  S2L LSP ID: 3 Sub-Grp ID: 0 Destination: 3.3.3.3
    Signalling Events Recv     Xmit                    Recv    Xmit
       PathCreate       3       3      ResvCreate       3       0
       PathChange       0       0      ResvChange       0       0
       PathError        0       0      ResvError        0       0
       PathTear         0       0      ResvTear         0       0
       BackupAssign     0       3      BackupError      0       0
       PathQuery        0       0      Unknown          0       0

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 5. show mpls traffic-eng counters signaling Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Tunnel Head	Tunnel head identifier.
Match Resv Create	Number of RSVP Reservation create messages received.
Sender Create	Number of Sender Create messages sent by TE to RSVP.
Path Error	Number of RSVP Path Error messages received.
Match Resv Change	Number of RSVP Reservation change messages received.
Sender Modify	Number of Sender Modify messages sent by TE to RSVP.
Path Change	Number of RSVP Path Change messages received.
Match Resv Delete	Number of RSVP Reservation delete messages received.
Sender Delete	Number of Sender Delete messages sent by TE to RSVP.
Path Delete	Number of RSVP Path Delete messages received.
Total	Total signaling messages received from RSVP.
Unknown	Unknown messages include fast reroute events and internal messages related to process restart.

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng counters soft-preemption command, which displays statistics for the soft preempted LSPs:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:routershow mpls traffic-eng counters soft-preemption

Soft Preemption Global Counters:
 Last Cleared: Never
 Preemption Node Stats:
   Number of soft preemption events: 1
   Number of soft preempted LSPs: 1
   Number of soft preempted LSPs that timed out: 0
   Number of soft preempted LSPs that were torn down: 0
   Number of soft preempted LSPs that were fast rerouted: 0
   Minimum Time in Soft Preemption Pending State (sec): 0
   Maximum Time in Soft Preemption Pending State (sec): 0
   Average Time in Soft Preemption Pending State (sec): 0
 Headend Stats:
   Number of soft preempted LSPs: 1
   Number of reoptimized soft preempted headend-LSPs: 0
   Number of path protected switchover soft preempted headend-LSPs: 0
   Number of torn down soft preempted headend-LSPs: 0

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng counters signaling all command that displays the Signalled-Name information:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls traffic-eng counters signaling all
Tunnel Head: tunnel-te1
Signalled-Name: rtrA_t1 
Cumulative Tunnel Counters:
  Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit  Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit
     PathCreate             2        2     ResvCreate             2        0

Related Commands


Command	Description
clear mpls traffic-eng counters signaling	Clears the counters for MPLS-TE tunnels.
clear mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute log	Clears the counters for MPLS-TE tunnels.
soft-preemption	Enables soft-preemption on a head-end for the MPLS TE tunnel.

show mpls traffic-eng ds-te te-class

To display the Diff-Serv TE-class map in use, use the show mpls traffic-eng ds-te te-class command in EXEC mode.

show show mpls traffic-eng ds-te te-class

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.3.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Note

TE-class is used only in IETF DS-TE mode.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng ds-te te-class command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng ds-te te-class
  
  te-class 0: class-type 0 priority 7 status default
  te-class 1: class-type 1 priority 7 status default
  te-class 2: unused
  te-class 3: unused
  te-class 4: class-type 0 priority 0 status default
  te-class 5: class-type 1 priority 0 status default
  te-class 6: unused
  te-class 7: unused

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 6. show mpls traffic-eng ds-te te-class Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
te-class	TE-class map, pair of class-type, and priority.
class-type	class-type of the tunnel.
status	Source of the TE-class map, either default or user configured.

show mpls traffic-eng forwarding

To display forwarding information on tunnels that were admitted locally, use the show mpls traffic-eng forwarding command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng forwarding [ backup-name tunnel-name ] [ signalled-name tunnel-name ] [ source source-address ] [ tunnel-id tunnel-id ] [ interface { in | inout | out } type interface-path-id ] [ p2mp | p2p ] [detail]

Syntax Description

backup-name tunnel-name

(Optional) Restricts tunnels with this backup tunnel name.

signalled-name tunnel-name

(Optional) Restricts tunnels with this signalled tunnel name.

source source-address

(Optional) Restricts tunnels for this specified tunnel source IPv4 address.

tunnel-id tunnel-id

(Optional) Restricts tunnels for this tunnel identifier. Range for the tunnel-id argument is from 0 to 65535.

interface

(Optional) Displays information on the specified interface.

type

(Optional) Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or a virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

in

Displays information for the input interface.

inout

Displays information for either the input or output interface.

out

Displays information for the output interface.

p2mp

(Optional) Displays only Point-to-Multipoint (P2MP) information.

p2p

(Optional) Displays only Point-to-Point (P2P) information.

detail

(Optional) Displays detailed forwarding information.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.2	This command was supported.
Release 3.8.0	The following keywords were added: detail p2p
Release 3.9.0	The following keywords and arguments were added: backup-name keyword and `tunnel-name` argument. signalled-name keyword and `tunnel-name` argument. source keyword and `source-address` argument. tunnel-id keyword and `tunnel-id` argument. in keyword. inout keyword. out keyword. The following modifications were made to support the P2MP TE feature: The sample output was updated to show local label sharing and output label rewrites. The p2mp keyword was added.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng forwarding command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng forwarding
 
Tue Sep 15 14:22:39.609 UTC P2P tunnels
 
Tunnel ID              Ingress IF   Egress IF    In lbl   Out lbl  Backup tunnel
---------------------- ------------ ------------ -------- -------- -------------
2.2.2.2 2_2            Gi0/0/0/3    Gi0/0/0/4    16004    16020    unknown
6.6.6.6 1_23           -            Gi0/0/0/3    16000    3        tt1300
6.6.6.6 1100_9         -            Gi0/0/0/3    16002    16001    unknown
6.6.6.6 1200_9         -            Gi0/0/0/3    16001    16000    unknown
6.6.6.6 1300_2         -            Gi0/0/0/4    16005    16021    unknown
6.6.6.6 1400_9         -            Gi0/0/0/3    16003    16002    unknown

The following sample output shows how to share the local label and label replication:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng forwarding
  
P2MP tunnels:

Tunnel ID              Ingress IF   Egress IF    In lbl   Out lbl  Backup tunnel
---------------------- ------------ ------------ -------- -------- -------------
6.6.6.6 4_10021        -            Gi0/0/0/4    16006    16022    tt1400

P2MP tunnel rewrites:

Tunnel            Label     IF Handle     LSP ID   C Type
---------------   -------   -----------   ------   ------
tunnel-mte4       16006     0x00083FF0    10021    13
Displayed 5 tunnel heads, 1 label P2P rewrites Displayed 1 tunnel heads, 1 label P2MP rewrites

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 7. show mpls traffic-eng forwarding Field Descriptions
Field	Description
TUNNEL ID	Tunnel identification.
Ingress IF	Ingress interface of the tunnel.
Egress IF	Egress interface of the tunnel.
In lbl	Incoming label associated with the tunnel.
Out lbl	Outgoing label associated with the tunnel.
Backup tunnel	Fast Reroute backup tunnel
P2MP Tunnel rewrites	Table of rewrites that correspond to P2MP tunnels.
P2MP tunnels	Table of point-to-multipoint tunnels.
Label	Label for this rewrite.
IF Handle	Interface handle.
LSP ID	LSP identifier for the tunnel to which this rewrite corresponds.
C Type	RSVP Class Type for the tunnel to which this rewrite corresponds.

show mpls traffic-eng forwarding-adjacency

To display forwarding-adjacency information for an IPv4 address, use the show mpls traffic-eng forwarding-adjacency command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng forwarding-adjacency [IP-address]

Syntax Description


`IP-address`	(Optional) Destination IPv4 address for forwarding adjacency.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.4.0	This command was introduced.
Release 5.1.1	Support was added to display information on IPv6 autoroute forwarding adjacency information for IS-IS IGP.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

This is a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng forwarding-adjacency command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng forwarding-adjacency
  
destination 3.3.3.3 has 1 tunnels
tunnel-te1    (traffic share 0, next-hop 3.3.3.3)
(Adjacency Announced: yes, holdtime 0)

This sample output displays information on IPv6 autoroute forwarding adjacency information for IS-IS IGP:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls traffic-eng forwarding-adjacency 

 destination 3.3.3.3 has 1 tunnels

              tunnel-te10    (traffic share 0, next-hop 3.3.3.3)
                             (Adjacency Announced: yes, holdtime 0)
                             (IS-IS 100, IPv4 unicast)
                             (IS-IS 100, IPv6 unicast)

Related Commands


Command	Description
forwarding-adjacency	Configures an MPLS-TE forwarding adjacency.

show mpls traffic-eng igp-areas

To display MPLS-TE internal area storage, use the show mpls traffic-eng igp-areas command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng igp-areas [detail]

Syntax Description


detail	(Optional) Displays detailed information about the configured MPLS-TE igp-areas and communication statistics with IGPs.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.4.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.7.0	Sample output was modified so that the tunnels and links are not displayed in each area.
Release 3.9.0	The detail keyword was added. Sample output was modified to support the P2MP TE feature.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng igp-areas command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng igp-areas
  
  MPLS-TE IGP Areas
  
  Global router-id:         10.144.144.144
  Global optical router-id: Not available
  
  IS-IS 100
  
      IGP ID:                      0000.0000.0044
      TE router ID configured:     10.144.144.144
                   in use:         10.144.144.144
      Link connection:             up
      Topology/tunnel connection:  up
  
      level 2
          TE index: 1
          IGP config for TE: complete
          Local links flooded in this IGP level: 1
          Flooding beacon sent and received
          P2P tunnel heads running over this IGP level: 1
              1 AA, 0 FA
          P2MP destinations running over this IGP level: 0
          Tunnel loose-hops expanded over this IGP level: 0
            
  
  OSPF 100
  
      IGP ID:                      10.144.144.144
      TE router ID configured:     10.144.144.144
                   in use:         10.144.144.144
      Link connection:             up
      Topology/tunnel connection:  up
  
      area 0
          TE index: 0
          IGP config for TE: complete
          Local links flooded in this IGP area: 2
          Flooding beacon sent and received
          P2P tunnel heads running over this IGP area: 3
              1 AA, 0 FA
          P2MP destinations running over this IGP area: 0
          Tunnel loose-hops expanded over this IGP area: 0

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 8. show mpls traffic-eng igp-areas Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Global router-id	Global router ID on this node.
IGP ID	IGP System ID.
area	IGP area.
TE index	Internal index in the IGP area table.
IGP config for TE	Whether the IGP configuration is complete or missing.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management admission-control

To display which tunnels were admitted locally and their parameters, use the show mpls traffic-eng link-management admission-control command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management admission-control [ interface type interface-path-id ]

Syntax Description

interface

(Optional) Displays information on the specified interface.

type

(Optional) Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.4.0	Support was added for the Name-Based Affinity Constraint scheme.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management admission-control command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link-management admission-control
  
  S System Information:
        Tunnels Count     : 2
        Tunnels Selected  : 2
    Bandwidth descriptor legend:
      B0 = bw from pool 0, B1 = bw from pool 1, R = bw locked, H = bw held
   
  TUNNEL ID                UP IF      DOWN IF    PRI STATE         BW (kbits/sec) 
  ------------------------ ---------- ---------- --- ------------- ---------------
  10.10.10.10 1_34         -          PO0/2/0/1  7/7 Resv Admitted 100         RB0  
  10.10.10.10 15_2         -          PO0/2/0/2  7/7 Resv Admitted 0            B0

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 9. show mpls traffic-eng link-management admission-control Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Tunnels Count	Total number of tunnels admitted.
Tunnels Selected	Number of tunnels displayed.
Bandwidth descriptor legend	BW pool type and status displayed with the tunnel entry. Shown as RG (Locked BW in global pool) in the preceding sample output.
TUNNEL ID	Tunnel identification.
UP IF	Upstream interface used by the tunnel.
DOWN IF	Downstream interface used by the tunnel.
PRI	Tunnel setup priority and hold priority.
STATE	Tunnel admission status.
BW (kbps)	Tunnel bandwidth in kilobits per second. If an R follows the bandwidth number, the bandwidth is reserved. If an H follows the bandwidth number, the bandwidth is temporarily being held for a Path message. If a G follows the bandwidth number, the bandwidth is from the global pool. If an S follows the bandwidth number the bandwidth is from the sub-pool.

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management interface command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link-management interface pos 0/2/0/1
  
    System Information::
        Links Count         : 1
  
    Link ID:: POS0/2/0/1 (35.0.0.5)
      Local Intf ID: 7
      Link Status:
  
        Link Label Type          : PSC (inactive)
        Physical BW                : 155520 kbits/sec
        BCID                            : RDM 
        Max Reservable BW    : 0 kbits/sec (reserved: 100% in, 100% out)
        BC0 (Res. Global BW): 0 kbits/sec (reserved: 100% in, 100% out)
        BC1 (Res. Sub BW)     : 0 kbits/sec (reserved: 100% in, 100% out)
        MPLS-TE Link State    : MPLS-TE on, RSVP on
        Inbound Admission      : allow-all
        Outbound Admission    : allow-if-room
        IGP Neighbor Count     : 0
        Max Res BW (RDM)    : 0 kbits/sec
        BC0 (RDM)                  : 0 kbits/sec
        BC1 (RDM)                  : 0 kbits/sec
        Max Res BW (MAM)   : 0 kbits/sec
        BC0 (MAM)                 : 0 kbits/sec
        BC1 (MAM)                 : 0 kbits/sec
        Admin Weight              : 1 (OSPF), 10 (ISIS)
        Attributes                    : 0x5 (name-based)
        Flooding Status: (1 area)
          IGP Area[1]: ospf 100 area 0, not flooded
                      (Reason: Interface has been administratively disabled)

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 10. show mpls traffic-eng link-management interface Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Links Count	Number of links configured for MPLS-TE.
Link ID	Index of the link described.
Local Intf ID	Local interface ID.
Link Label Type	Label type of the link, for instance: PSC¹, TDM², FSC³.
Physical BW	Link bandwidth capacity (in kilobits per second).
BCID	Bandwidth constraint model ID (RDM or MAM).
Max Reservable BW	Maximum reservable bandwidth on this link.
BC0 (Res. Global BW)	Bandwidth constraint value for class-type 0.
BC1 (Res. Sub BW)	Bandwidth constraint value for class-type 1.
MPLS-TE Link State	Status of the link MPLS-TE-related functions.
Inbound Admission	Link admission policy for incoming tunnels.
Outbound Admission	Link admission policy for outgoing tunnels.
IGP Neighbor Count	IGP neighbors directly reachable over this link.
Max Res BW (RDM)	Maximum reservable bandwidth on this link for RDM.
BC0 (RDM)	Bandwidth constraint value for RDM.
BC1 (RDM)	Bandwidth constraint value for RDM.
Admin Weight	Administrative weight associated with this link.
Attributes	Interface attributes referring to one or more affinity names.
IGP Area[1]	IGP type and area and level used for TE flooding.

¹ PSC = Packet switch capable.

² TDM = Time-division multiplexing.

³ FSC = Fiber switch capable.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management advertisements

To display local link information that MPLS-TE link management is currently flooding into the global TE topology, use the show mpls traffic-eng link-management advertisements command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management advertisements

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.8.0	This command was modified to include information specific to MPLS Shared Risk Link Groups (SRLG).
Release 3.9.0	Sample output was modified to display the Attribute Names field.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The show mpls traffic-eng link-management advertisements command has two output formats depending on the Diff-Serv TE Mode: one for prestandard mode and one for IETF mode.

The SRLG values are advertised for the link.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management advertisements command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link-management advertisements
            

Link ID:: 0 (GigabitEthernet0/2/0/1)
          Link IP Address      : 12.9.0.1
          O/G Intf ID          : 28
          Designated Router    : 12.9.0.2
          TE Metric            : 1
          IGP Metric           : 1
          Physical BW          : 1000000 kbits/sec
          BCID                 : RDM
          Max Reservable BW    : 10000 kbits/sec
          Res Global BW        : 10000 kbits/sec
          Res Sub BW           : 0 kbits/sec
          SRLGs                : 10, 20
  
          Downstream::
                               Global Pool   Sub Pool
                               -----------   -----------
            Reservable BW[0]:         10000             0  kbits/sec
            Reservable BW[1]:         10000             0  kbits/sec
            Reservable BW[2]:          9800             0  kbits/sec
            Reservable BW[3]:          9800             0  kbits/sec
            Reservable BW[4]:          9800             0  kbits/sec
            Reservable BW[5]:          9800             0  kbits/sec
            Reservable BW[6]:          9800             0  kbits/sec
            Reservable BW[7]:          9800             0  kbits/sec
  
          Attribute Flags: 0x00000004
          Attribute Names: red2 
  
        Link ID:: 1 (GigabitEthernet0/2/0/2)
            Link IP Address      : 14.9.0.1
            O/G Intf ID          : 29
            Designated Router    : 14.9.0.4
            TE Metric            : 1
            IGP Metric           : 1
            Physical BW          : 1000000 kbits/sec
            BCID                 : RDM
            Max Reservable BW    : 750000 kbits/sec
            Res Global BW        : 750000 kbits/sec
            Res Sub BW           : 0 kbits/sec
  
            Downstream::
                                  Global Pool   Sub Pool
                                  -----------   -----------
              Reservable BW[0]:        750000             0  kbits/sec
              Reservable BW[1]:        750000             0  kbits/sec
              Reservable BW[2]:        750000             0  kbits/sec
              Reservable BW[3]:        750000             0  kbits/sec
              Reservable BW[4]:        750000             0  kbits/sec
              Reservable BW[5]:        750000             0  kbits/sec
              Reservable BW[6]:        750000             0  kbits/sec
              Reservable BW[7]:        750000             0  kbits/sec
  
            Attribute Flags: 0x00000000
            Attribute Names:

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 11. show mpls traffic-eng link-management advertisements Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Link ID	Index of the link described.
Link IP Address	Local IP address of the link.
TE Metric	Metric value for the TE link configured under MPLS-TE.
IGP Metric	Metric value for the TE link configured under IGP.
Physical BW	Link bandwidth capacity (in kilobits per second).
BCID	Bandwidth constraint model ID (RDM or MAM).
Max Reservable BW	Maximum reservable bandwidth on this link.
Res Global BW	Maximum reservable of global pool/BC0 bandwidth on this link.
Res Sub BW	Reservable sub-bandwidth for sub-pool /BC1 bandwidth on this link.
SRLGs⁴	Links that share a common fiber or a common physical attribute. If one link fails, other links in the group may also fail. Links in the group have a shared risk.
Downstream	Direction of the LSP path message.
Reservable BW[x]	Bandwidth available for reservations in the global TE topology and subpools.
Attribute Flags	Link attribute flags being flooded.
Attribute Names	Name of the affinity attribute of a link.
BC0	Bandwidth constraint value for class-type 0
BC1	Bandwidth constraint value for class-type 1
TE-class [index]	TE-class configured on this router at given index (mapping of class-type and priority), shows available bandwidth in that class.

⁴ SRLGs = Shared Risk Link Groups.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management bandwidth-allocation

To display current local link information, use the show mpls traffic-eng link-management bandwidth-allocation command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management bandwidth-allocation [ interface type interface-path-id ]

Syntax Description

interface

(Optional) Displays information on the specified interface.

type

(Optional) Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or a virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Advertised and current information may differ depending on how flooding is configured.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management bandwidth-allocation command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link bandwidth-allocation interface POS 0/2/0/1
  
System Information::
        Links Count         : 4
        Bandwidth Hold time : 15 seconds
  
    Link ID:: POS0/2/0/1 (7.2.2.1)
      Local Intf ID: 4
      Link Status:
        Link Label Type     : PSC 
        Physical BW         : 155520 kbits/sec
        BCID                : MAM 
        Max Reservable BW   : 1000 kbits/sec (reserved: 0% in, 0% out)
        BC0                 : 600 kbits/sec (reserved: 2% in, 2% out)
        BC1                 : 400 kbits/sec (reserved: 0% in, 0% out)
        MPLS-TE Link State  : MPLS-TE on, RSVP on, admin-up, flooded
        Inbound Admission   : allow-all
        Outbound Admission  : allow-if-room
        IGP Neighbor Count  : 2
        BW Descriptors      : 1 (including 0 BC1 descriptors)
        Admin Weight        : 1 (OSPF), 10 (ISIS)
  Up Thresholds       : 15 30 45 60 75 80 85 90 95 96 97 98 99 100 (default)
  Down Thresholds     : 100 99 98 97 96 95 90 85 80 75 60 45 30 15 (default)
  
        Bandwidth Information::
  
          Downstream BC0 (kbits/sec):
  
          KEEP PRIORITY BW HELD    BW TOTAL HELD BW LOCKED  BW TOTAL LOCKED
          ------------- ---------- ------------- ---------- ---------------
                      0          0             0          0               0
                      1          0             0          0               0
                      2          0             0          0               0
                      3          0             0          0               0
                      4          0             0          0               0
                      5          0             0          0               0
                      6          0             0          0               0
                      7          0             0         10              10
  
          Downstream BC1 (kbits/sec):
  
          KEEP PRIORITY BW HELD    BW TOTAL HELD BW LOCKED  BW TOTAL LOCKED
          ------------- ---------- ------------- ---------- ---------------
                      0          0             0          0               0
                      1          0             0          0               0
                      2          0             0          0               0
                      3          0             0          0               0
                      4          0             0          0               0
                      5          0             0          0               0
                      6          0             0          0               0

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 12. show mpls traffic-eng link-management bandwidth-allocation Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Links Count	Number of links configured for MPLS-TE.
Bandwidth Hold Time	Time, in seconds, that bandwidth can be held.
Link ID	Interface name and IP address of the link.
Link Label type	Label type of the link, for example: PSC⁵ TDM⁶ FSC⁷
Physical BW	Link bandwidth capacity (in bits per second).
BCID	Bandwidth constraint model ID (RDM or MAM).
Max Reservable BW	Maximum reservable bandwidth on this link.
BC0	Maximum RSVP bandwidth in BC0.
BC1	Maximum RSVP bandwidth in BC1.
BW Descriptors	Number of bandwidth allocations on this link.
MPLS-TE Link State	Status of the link MPLS-TE-related functions.
Inbound Admission	Link admission policy for incoming tunnels.
Outbound Admission	Link admission policy for outgoing tunnels.
IGP Neighbor Count	IGP neighbors directly reachable over this link.
BW Descriptors	Internal bandwidth descriptors created when tunnels are admitted.
Admin Weight	Administrative weight associated with this link.
Up Thresholds	Threshold values used to determine link advertisement when available bandwidth increases.
Down Thresholds	Threshold values used to determine link advertisement when available bandwidth decreases.

⁵ PSC = Packet switch capable.

⁶ TDM = Time-division multiplexing.

⁷ FSC = Fiber switch capable.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management bfd-neighbors

To display TE-enabled Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) neighbors, use the show mpls traffic-eng link-management bfd-neighbors command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management bfd-neighbors [ interface type interface-path-id ]

Syntax Description

interface

(Optional) Displays information about the specified interface.

type

Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.2	This command was introduced.
Release 3.8.0	The interface keyword was added.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management bfd-neighbors command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link-management bfd-neighbors
  
  Link ID:: POS0/6/0/0 
  BFD Neighbor Address: 7.3.3.1, State: Up 
  Link ID:: POS0/6/0/1 
  No BFD Neighbor 
  Link ID:: POS0/6/0/2 
  BFD Neighbor Address: 7.4.4.1, State: Down

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 13. show mpls traffic-eng link-management bfd Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Link ID	Link by which the neighbor is reached.
BFD Neighbor Address	Neighbor address and Up/Down state.

Related Commands


Command	Description
bfd fast-detect (MPLS-TE)	Enables BFD for communication failure detection.
bfd minimum-interval (MPLS-TE)	Sets the BFD interval.
bfd multiplier (MPLS-TE)	Sets the BFD multiplier.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management igp-neighbors

To display Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) neighbors, use the show mpls traffic-eng link-management igp-neighbors command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management igp-neighbors [ igp-id { isis isis-address | ospf ospf-id } [ interface type interface-path-id | IP-address ] ]

Syntax Description

igp-id

(Optional) Displays the IGP neighbors that are using a specified IGP identification.

isis isis-address

Displays the specified Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) neighbor system ID when neighbors are displayed by IGP ID.

ospf ospf-id

Displays the specified Open Shortest Path first (OSPF) neighbor OSPF router ID when neighbors are displayed by IGP ID.

interface

(Optional) Displays information on the specified interface.

type

Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or a virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

IP-address

(Optional) IGP neighbors that are using a specified IGP IP address.

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management igp-neighbors command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link igp-neighbors
  
    Link ID: POS0/7/0/0
      No Neighbors
  
    Link ID: POS0/7/0/1
      Neighbor ID: 10.90.90.90 (area: ospf   area 0, IP: 10.15.12.2)

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 14. show mpls traffic-eng link-management igp-neighbors Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Link ID	Link by which the neighbor is reached.
Neighbor ID	IGP identification information for the neighbor.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management interfaces

To display interface resources, or a summary of link management information, use the show mpls traffic-eng link-management interfaces command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management interfaces [ type interface-path-id ]

Syntax Description

type

(Optional) Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or a virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced .
Release 3.4.1	No more than 100 links can be configured under MPLS-TE/fast reroute (FRR).
Release 3.8.0	This command was modified to include information specific to Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) Shared Risk Link Groups (SRLG).
Release 3.9.0	The following modifications are included: Sample output was modified to add the Attribute Names field. More than 250 links can be configured under MPLS-TE.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

You cannot configure more than 250 links under MPLS-TE.

SRLG values can be configured for the link.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following sample output is from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management interfaces command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link-management interfaces GigabitEthernet0/1/1/0

  System Information:: 
      Links Count         : 16 (Maximum Links Supported 800) 
  Link ID:: GigabitEthernet0/1/1/0 (10.12.110.1)
    Local Intf ID: 22
    Link Status:
      Link Label Type          : PSC
      Physical BW              : 1000000 kbits/sec
      BCID                     : RDM 
      Max Reservable BW        : 743346 kbits/sec (reserved: 40% in, 40% out)
      BC0 (Res. Global BW)     : 743346 kbits/sec (reserved: 40% in, 40% out)
      BC1 (Res. Sub BW)        : 0 kbits/sec (reserved: 100% in, 100% out)
      MPLS TE Link State       : MPLS TE on, RSVP on, admin-up
      IGP Neighbor Count       : 1
      Max Res BW (RDM)    : 900000 kbits/sec
      BC0 (RDM)           : 900000 kbits/sec
      BC1 (RDM)           : 0 kbits/sec
      Max Res BW (MAM)    : 0 kbits/sec
      BC0 (MAM)           : 0 kbits/sec
      BC1 (MAM)           : 0 kbits/sec


      Attributes          : 0x0
      Ext Admin Group     : 
          Length : 256 bits
          Value  : 0x::
      Attribute Names     : 
      Flooding Status: (1 area)
        IGP Area[1]: IS-IS 0 level 2, flooded
          Nbr: ID 0000.0000.0002.00, IP 10.12.110.2 (Up)
          Admin weight: not set (TE), 10 (IGP)
      Lockout Status: Never

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 15. show mpls traffic-eng link-management interfaces Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Links Count	Number of links configured for MPLS-TE. Maximum number of links supported is 100.
Link ID	Link identification index.
Link Label Type	Label type assigned to the link.
Physical Bandwidth	Link bandwidth capacity (in kilobits per second).
BCID	Bandwidth constraint model ID (RDM or MAM).
Max Reservable BW	Maximum reservable bandwidth on this link.
BC0	Reservable bandwidth (in kbps) on this link in BC0.
BC1	Reservable bandwidth (in kbps) on this link in BC1.
Attributes	TE link attribute in hexadecimal.
Attribute Names	Name of the affinity attribute of a link.
SRLGs⁸.	Links that share a common fiber or a common physical attribute. If one link fails, other links in the group may also fail. Links in the group have a shared risk.
MPLS-TE Link State	Status of the MPLS link.
Inbound Admission	Link admission policy for inbound tunnels.
Outbound Admission	Link admission policy for outbound tunnels.
IGP Neighbor Count	IGP⁹ neighbors directly reachable over this link.
Admin. Weight	Administrative weight associated with this link.
Flooding Status	Status for each configured area or Flooding status for the configured area.
IGP Area	IGP type and area and level used for TE flooding.

⁸ SRLGs = Shared Risk Link Groups.

⁹ IGP = Interior Gateway Protocol .

show mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics

To display interface resources or a summary of link management information, use the show mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics [ summary | interface type interface-path-id ]

Syntax Description

summary

(Optional) Displays the statistics summary.

interface

(Optional) Displays the interface for which information is requested.

type

(Optional) Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The show mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics command displays resource and configuration information for all configured interfaces.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics command using the summary keyword:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics summary
  
    LSP Admission Statistics:
  
           Setup    Setup    Setup    Setup    Tear     Tear     Tear    
           Requests Admits   Rejects  Errors   Requests Preempts Errors  
           -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
      Path       13       12        1        0       10        0        0
      Resv        8        8        0        0        5        0        0

Table 1 describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 16. show mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics summary Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Path	Path information.
Resv	Reservation information.
Setup Requests	Number of requests for a setup.
Setup Admits	Number of admitted setups.
Setup Rejects	Number of rejected setups.
Setup Errors	Number of setup errors.
Tear Requests	Number of tear requests.
Tear Preempts	Number of paths torn down due to preemption.
Tear Errors	Number of tear errors.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management summary

To display a summary of link management information, use the show mpls traffic-eng link-management summary command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management summary

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.4.1	No more than 100 links can be configured for MPLS-TE fast reroute (FRR).
Release 3.9.0	No more than 250 links can be configured under MPLS-TE.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

You cannot configure more than 250 links for MPLS-TE/FRR.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following sample output is from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management summary command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link-management summary
  
  System Information::
        Links Count         : 6 (Maximum Links Supported 100)
        Flooding System     : enabled
        IGP Areas Count     : 2
   
    IGP Areas 
    ----------
   
    IGP Area[1]:: isis   level-2
        Flooding Protocol   : ISIS
        Flooding Status     : flooded
        Periodic Flooding   : enabled (every 180 seconds)
        Flooded Links       : 4
        IGP System ID       : 0000.0000.0002.00
        MPLS-TE Router ID   : 20.20.20.20
        IGP Neighbors       : 8
   
    IGP Area[2]:: ospf   area 0
        Flooding Protocol   : OSPF
        Flooding Status     : flooded
        Periodic Flooding   : enabled (every 180 seconds)
        Flooded Links       : 4
        IGP System ID       : 20.20.20.20
        MPLS-TE Router ID   : 20.20.20.20
        IGP Neighbors       : 8

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 17. show mpls traffic-eng link-management summary Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Links Count	Number of links configured for MPLS-TE. Maximum number of links supported is 100.
Flooding System	Enable status of the MPLS-TE flooding system.
IGP Areas Count	Number of IGP¹⁰ areas described.
IGP Area	IGP type and area and level used for TE flooding.
Flooding Protocol	IGP flooding information for this area.
Flooding Status	Status of flooding for this area.
Periodic Flooding	Status of periodic flooding for this area.
Flooded Links	Links that were flooded.
IGP System ID	IGP for the node associated with this area.
MPLS-TE Router ID	MPLS-TE router ID for this node.
IGP Neighbors	Number of reachable IGP neighbors associated with this area.

¹⁰ IGP = Interior Gateway Protocol.

show mpls traffic-eng lmp

To display operation details about the status of the Link Management Protocol (LMP) instance and neighbor, IPCC, and MPLS-TE links, use the show mpls traffic-eng lmp command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng lmp [ interface type interface-path-id | ipcc | neighbor [name] | statistics ]

Syntax Description

interface

(Optional) Displays information on the specified interface.

type

Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (? ) online help function.

ipcc

(Optional) Displays information for LMP Internet Protocol Control Channel (IPCC).

neighbor [name ]

(Optional) Displays information for the LMP neighbor.

statistics

(Optional) Displays information for the statistics.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Note

The LMP and GMPLS-NNI features are not supported on x86 RPs.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following sample output shows summary information for the local LMP protocol. One remote LMP neighbor named gmpls4 with the node ID 44.44.44.44. The neighbor has one MPLS-TE link (GigabitEthernet0/5/0/1) that has a local MPLS-TE link ID of 10.5.1.4, and data link ID of 21. The data link LMP state is “Up Allocated”, which means that the LMP state is up and is being used by the GMPLS protocol as part of an optical tunnel.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng lmp
  
  MPLS TE LMP Node ID: 11.11.11.11
  
  LMP Neighbor
  Name: gmpls4, IP: 44.44.44.44, Owner: MPLS TE
  LMP: Enabled
  LMP Hellos: Enabled by configuration
   IPCC ID: 1, State Up
   LMP UDP port: 701
    Known via             : Configuration
    Type                  : Routed
    Destination IP        : 44.44.44.44
    Source IP             : 11.11.11.11
  
      Data Link I/F     |  Lcl Data Link ID | Lcl TE Link ID | Data Link LMP state
  ----------------------+-------------------+----------------+--------------------
  GigabitEthernet0/5/0/1                  21         10.5.1.4         Up Allocated

The following sample output shows that one routed IPCC to LMP neighbor, gmpls4, is in the up state and has ID of 1:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng lmp ipcc
  
  IPCC                             |  Neighbor
    ID |    Type       |      IP       |   Status     |    Name
  -----+---------------+---------------+--------------+---------------
      1          Routed     44.44.44.44             Up          gmpls4

The following sample output shows the IPCC and MPLS-TE link information for all the configured LMP neighbors:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng lmp neighbor
  
  LMP Neighbor
  Name: gmpls4, IP: 44.44.44.44, Owner: MPLS TE
  LMP: Enabled
  LMP Hellos: Enabled by configuration
   IPCC ID: 1, State Up
   LMP UDP port: 701
    Known via             : Configuration
    Type                  : Routed
    Destination IP        : 44.44.44.44
    Source IP             : 11.11.11.11
  
      Data Link I/F     |  Lcl Data Link ID | Lcl TE Link ID | Data Link LMP state
  ----------------------+-------------------+----------------+--------------------
  GigabitEthernet0/5/0/1                  21         10.5.1.4         Up Allocated

The following sample output shows IPCC and MPLS-TE link information for a specified LMP neighbor, gmpls4:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng lmp neighbor gmpls4
  
  LMP Neighbor
  Name: gmpls4, IP: 44.44.44.44, Owner: MPLS TE
  LMP: Enabled
  LMP Hellos: Enabled by configuration
   IPCC ID: 1, State Up
   LMP UDP port: 701
    Known via             : Configuration
    Type                  : Routed
    Destination IP        : 44.44.44.44
    Source IP             : 11.11.11.11
  
      Data Link I/F     |  Lcl Data Link ID | Lcl TE Link ID | Data Link LMP state
  ----------------------+-------------------+----------------+--------------------
  GigabitEthernet0/5/0/1                  21         10.5.1.4         Up Allocated

The following sample output shows detailed information for MPLS-TE, data link, and IPCC properties for a specified local interface that is configured as an LMP MPLS-TE link:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng lmp interface gigabitEthernet 0/5/0/1
  
  Interface: GigabitEthernet0/5/0/1
                                 Owner: MPLS TE
                       LMP for TE Link: Enabled
        LMP Link Summary Last Error(s): None
               Local data link ID type: Unnumbered
                    Local data link ID: Dec = 21, Hex = 0x15
                 Local TE link ID type: IPv4
                      Local TE link ID: 10.5.1.4
    Local TE link switching capability: Packet-Switch Capable-1 (PSC-1)
                  Remote neighbor name: gmpls4
               Remote neighbor node ID: 44.44.44.44
                Remote TE link ID type: IPv4
                     Remote TE link ID: 10.5.1.1
              Remote data link ID type: Unnumbered
                   Remote data link ID: Dec = 13, Hex = 0xd
   Remote TE link switching capability: Packet-Switch Capable-1 (PSC-1)
                   Data link I/F state: Up
                   Data link LMP state: Up/Allocated
                     TE link LMP state: Up
           Data link allocation status: Allocated
                               IPCC ID: 1
                             IPCC type: Routed
           IPCC destination IP address: 44.44.44.44
        Local Min Reservable Bandwidth: 125000000 bytes/sec
        Local Max Reservable Bandwidth: 125000000 bytes/sec
          Nbr Min Reservable Bandwidth: 125000000 bytes/sec
          Nbr Max Reservable Bandwidth: 125000000 bytes/sec
              Local Link Encoding Type: Ethernet
                Nbr Link Encoding Type: Ethernet
                                VRF ID: Default [0x60000000] (Supported)

The following sample output shows detailed LMP protocol signaling statistics per neighbor and for all MPLS-TE links if LMP is running in nonstatic mode:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng lmp statistics
  
  LMP Neighbor
  Name: gmpls4, IP: 44.44.44.44, Owner: MPLS TE
    Transmit Msg Id: 33
    Receive Msg Id: 33
    Link Summ msgs Transmitted: 32
    Link Summ msgs Received: 33
   IPCC ID: 1, State Up
    Hello Interval: 2000 (msec)
    Minimum Acceptable Hello Interval: 100 (msec)
    Maximum Acceptable Hello Interval: 21845 (msec)
    Hello Dead Interval: 6000 (msec)
    Minimum Acceptable Hello Dead Interval: 300 (msec)
    Maximum Acceptable Hello Dead Interval: 65535 (msec)
    No. of packets transmitted: 380
    No. of packets Received: 377
    Tx Seq No.: 374
    Rx Seq No.: 374
    Transmit Msg Id: 1
    Receive Msg Id: 1
    Link Summ msgs Transmitted: 32
    Link Summ msgs Received: 33
  
      Data Link I/F     |  Lcl Data Link ID | Lcl TE Link ID | Rcvd_Msg_Id Xmt_Msg_Id
  ----------------------+-------------------+----------------+-----------------------
  GigabitEthernet0/5/0/1                  21         10.5.1.4          33          33

Related Commands


Command	Description
ipcc interface (MPLS-TE)	Configures an IPCC.
lmp neighbor (MPLS-TE)	Configure or updates a LMP neighbor and its associated parameters and enters MPLS-TE neighbor configuration mode.

show mpls traffic-eng maximum tunnels

To display the maximum number of MPLS-TE tunnels that you can configure, use the show mpls traffic-eng maximum tunnels command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng maximum tunnels

Syntax Description

This command has no keywords or arguments.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.8.0	Sample output was modified.
Release 3.9.0	Sample output was modified to support the Point-to-Multipoint (P2MP) feature.
Release 4.0.0	Sample output was modified to support the maximum number of allowed automatic backup tunnels.
Release 4.1.1	Sample output was modified to support the maximum number of allowed automatic mesh tunnels.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng maximum tunnels command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng maximum tunnels
  
Maximum Global Tunnel Count:
 
Maximum              Current Count
--------------     ---------------------
  4096            2
 
Maximum P2MP Tunnel Count:
 
Maximum     Current Count
---------------     --------------------
  500
 


Maximum Global Destination Count:
 
Maximum             Current Count
--------------     --------------------
 4096            2

Maximum AutoTunnel Backup Count:

Maximum               Current Count
--------------     --------------------
   200                   122

This is sample output of the automatic mesh tunnels from the show mpls traffic-eng maximum tunnels command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng maximum tunnels 
  
Maximum Global Tunnel Count:

Maximum     Current Count
-------     -------------
 4096           12

Maximum Static Tunnel Count:

Maximum     Current Count
-------     -------------
 4096            8

Maximum Auto-tunnel Mesh Count:

Maximum     Current Count
-------     -------------
  201            3

Maximum P2MP Tunnel Count:

Maximum     Current Count
-------     -------------
  500            1

Maximum Global Destination Count:

Maximum     Current Count
-------     -------------
 4096           13

Maximum GMPLS-UNI Tunnel Count:

Maximum     Current Count
-------     -------------
 500          39

Table 1 describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 18. show mpls traffic-eng maximum tunnels Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Maximum Global Tunnel Count	Maximum number of tunnel interfaces (all TE tunnel types, tunnel-te, tunnel-mte, and tunnel-gte) that can be configured.
Maximum P2MP Tunnel Count	Maximum number of P2MP tunnels that can be configured.
Maximum Global Destination Count	Maximum number of tunnel destinations that can be configured.
Maximum	Table heading for the maximum number in each category.
Current Count	Table heading for the current count in each category.
Maximum AutoTunnel Backup Count	Maximum number of automatic backup tunnels that can be configured.
Maximum GMPLS UNI Tunnel Count	Maximum number of Generalized Multiprotocol Label Switching (GMPLS) User-Network Interface (UNI) tunnels that can be configured and the current tunnel count.
Maximum AutoTunnel Mesh Count	Maximum number of automatic mesh tunnels that can be configured.

Related Commands


Command	Description
maxabs (MPLS-TE)	Specifies the maximum number of tunnel TE interfaces that can be configured.
tunnel-id (auto-tunnel backup)	Configures the range of tunnel interface numbers used for automatic backup tunnels.

show mpls traffic-eng pce lsp-database

To display information about all LSPs and their attributes, use the show mpls traffic-eng pce lsp-database command in EXEC mode.

Syntax Description


brief	(Optional) Uses brief output format.
delegated	(Optional) Displays requesting delegation tunnels.
instantiated	(Optional) Displays PCE instantiated tunnels.
session-internal-lsp-id	(Optional) Displays tunnels with session internal lsp id.
standby	(Optional) Displays standby node specific information.
static	(Optional) Displays configured tunnels.
symbolic-name	(Optional) Displays tunnels with symbolic names.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.3.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output for the show mpls traffic-eng pce lsp-database command:


RP/0/0/CPU0:ios#show mpls traffic-eng pce lsp-database
Symbolic name: pcc_t0
Session internal LSP ID: 1
Stateful Request Parameters ID: 0
Path Setup Type: 0 - (RSVP)
Request queue size: 0
Create: FALSE
Created by: Not set
Delegatable: TRUE
Delegation status: Delegated
Delegated to: Speaker-entity-id: pce1 ip: 192.168.0.2
Destination: 192.168.0.2 Source: 192.168.0.1
LSP Object:
Administrative: Up
Operational state: Up
Identifiers:
Sender Address: 192.168.0.1
TE LSP ID: 4
Tunnel ID: 0
Extended tunnel ID: 0x200a8c0
LSP Path Object:
Explicit Route Object:
Cost: 0
1. ipv4: 10.10.10.2/32 (strict)
2. ipv4: 192.168.0.2/32 (strict)
LSP Attributes:
Exclude any: 0
Include any: 0
Include all: 0
Setup priority: 7
Hold priority: 7
Local Protection Bit: FALSE
Reported Route Object: Not set
Bandwidth: 0 Bps (0 kbps)
Metric: Not set
Vendor Specific Information:
Forward-Class: Not set
Load Share: Not set
Backup path: Not set

show mpls traffic-eng pce peer

To display the status of the path computation element (PCE) peer address and state, use the show mpls traffic-eng pce peer command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng pce peer { all | ipv4 address | node-id node-id | stateless | stateful }

Syntax Description


`address`	(Optional) IPv4 peer address for the PCE.
all	(Optional) Displays all the peers for the PCE.
ipv4 `address`	Displays PCE peer address.
node-id `node-id`	Specifies PCE peer node identifier.
stateless	Displays stateless PCE peers.
stateful	Displays Show stateful PCE peers.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.
Release 5.1.1	The stateful keyword was added. Command output was updated to display stateful PCE information.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following sample output shows the status of both the PCE peer and state:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng pce peer
  
  PCE Address 202.202.88.8
  State Up
    PCEP has been up for: 04:18:31
  Learned through: 
    OSPF 1
  Sending KA every 30 s
  Time out peer if no KA received for 120 s
  Tolerance: Minimum KA 10 s
  KA messages rxed 518 txed 517
  PCEReq messages rxed 0, txed 0
  PCERep messages rxed 0, txed 0
  PCEErr messages rxed 0, txed 0
    Last error received:  None
    Last error sent:  None
  PCE OPEN messages: rxed 1, txed 2
  PCEP session ID: local 0, remote 0
   
  Average reply time from peer: 0 ms
  Minimum reply time from peer: 0 ms
  Maximum reply time from peer: 0 ms
  0 requests timed out with this peer
  Transmit TCP buffer: Current 0, Maximum 12
  Receive  TCP buffer: Current 0, Maximum 12

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 19. show mpls traffic-eng pce peer Field Descriptions
Field	Description
KA	PCEP keepalive.
Learned through	Learned through is how the peer was learned which is either through a static configuration or an IGP.
Average reply time from peer	Average reply time for the peer to respond to PCEReq request messages with PCERep response messages.
Minimum reply time from peer	Minimum reply time for the peer to respond to PCEReq request messages with PCERep response messages.
Maximum reply time from peer	Maximum reply for the peer to respond to PCEReq request messages with PCERep response messages.
Transmit TCP buffer Receive TCP Buffer	Number of messages that are in the TCP buffer with the peer waiting to be sent or processed locally.
0 requests timed out with this peer	Number of PCEReq messages that timed out waiting for a response from this peer.

Command output with stateful information:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls traffic-eng pce peer all

PCE Address 2.2.2.2
Node-ID: aaa
State Up
  PCEP has been up for: 00:03:52
Learned through: 
  Static Config
Sending KA every 30 s
Time out peer if no KA received for 120 s
LSP cleanup timer: 60 s
Tolerance: Minimum KA 10 s

Stateful
  Update capability

KA messages rxed 8 txed 8
PCEReq messages rxed 0, txed 0
PCERep messages rxed 0, txed 0
PCEErr messages rxed 0, txed 0
  Last error received:  None
  Last error sent:  None
PCE OPEN messages: rxed 1, txed 1
PCERpt messages rxed 0, txed 0
PCEUpd messages rxed 0, txed 0
PCECrt messages rxed 0, txed 0
PCEP session ID: local 0, remote 0
	
Average reply time from peer: 0 ms
Minimum reply time from peer: 0 ms
Maximum reply time from peer: 0 ms
0 requests timed out with this peer
Transmit TCP buffer: Current 0, Maximum 20 Receive  TCP buffer: Current 0, Maximum 20

Related Commands


Command	Description
clear mpls traffic-eng pce	Clears the PCE statistics.
pce address (MPLS-TE)	Configures the IPv4 self address for a PCE.
pce peer (MPLS-TE)	Configures an IPv4 self address for a PCE peer.

show mpls traffic-eng pce tunnels

To display the status of the path computation element (PCE) tunnels, use the show mpls traffic-eng pce tunnels command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng pce tunnels [tunnel-id]

Syntax Description


`tunnel-id`	(Optional) Tunnel identifier. The range is 0 to 4294967295.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following sample output shows the status of the PCE tunnels:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng pce tunnels
 
  Tunnel : tunnel-te10
      Destination : 205.205.10.10
      State : down, PCE failed to find path
  
  Tunnel : tunnel-te30
      Destination : 3.3.3.3
      State : up
      Current path option: 10, path obtained from dynamically learned PCE 1.2.3.4
      Admin weight : 15
      Hop Count : 3

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 20. show mpls traffic-eng pce tunnels Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Tunnel	Tunnel number for the MPLS-TE tunnel interface.
Destination	IP address of the destination of the tunnel.
State	State of the tunnel. Values are up, down, or admin-down.
Admin weight	Administrative weight (cost) of the link.

Related Commands


Command	Description
pce address (MPLS-TE)	Configures the IPv4 self address for a PCE.

show mpls traffic-eng preemption log

To display the log of preemption events, use the show mpls traffic-eng preemption log command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng preemption log

Syntax Description


log	Displays a log of preemption events.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 5.1.2	The command output was modified to display the log of soft-preemption over FRR backup tunnels events.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read

Examples

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng preemption log command displaying the log of preemption events:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng preemption log
  Bandwidth Change on GigabitEthernet0/0/0/0 
    Old BW (BC0/BC1): 200000/100000, New BW (BC0/BC1): 1000/500 kbps
    BW Overshoot (BC0/BC1): 1000/0 kbps
    Preempted BW (BC0/BC1): 35000/0 kbps; Soft 30000/0 kbps; Hard 5000/0 kbps;
    Preempted 2 tunnels; Soft 1 tunnel; Hard 1 tunnel
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TunID LSP ID          Source     Destination Preempt  Pri  Bandwidth  BW Type
                                                 Type  S/H  (in kbps)
------ ------ --------------- --------------- ------- ---- ---------- --------
     1  10002     192.168.0.1         1.0.0.0    Hard  7/7       5000      BC0
     1      2     192.168.0.1     192.168.0.4    Soft  7/7      30000      BC0

This sample output displays the log of soft-preemption over FRR backup tunnels events:



RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls traffic-eng preemption log
Thu Apr 25 13:12:04.863 EDT
  Bandwidth Change on GigabitEthernet0/0/0/1 at 04/25/2013 12:56:14
    Old BW (BC0/BC1): 200000/100000, New BW (BC0/BC1): 100000/0 kbps
    BW Overshoot (BC0/BC1): 30000/0 kbps
    Preempted BW (BC0/BC1): 130000/0 kbps; Soft 60000/0 kbps; Hard 0/0 kbps; FRRSoft 70000/0 
    Preempted 2 tunnel, 2 LSP; Soft 1 tunnel, 1 LSP; Hard 0 tunnels, 0 LSPs; FRRSoft 1 tunnel, 1 LSP
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TunID LSP ID          Source     Destination Preempt  Pri  Bandwidth  BW Type
                                                 Type  S/H  (in kbps)
------ ------ --------------- --------------- ------- ---- ---------- --------
     1     13     192.168.0.1     192.168.0.3 FRRSoft  7/7      70000      BC0
     2     22     192.168.0.1     192.168.0.3 Soft     7/7      60000      BC0

show mpls traffic-eng topology

To display the current MPLS-TE network topology for the node, use the show mpls traffic-eng topology command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng topology [IP-address] [affinity] [brief] [link-only] [ bandwidth number | exclude-srlg exclude-srlg-interface-address | explicit-path { identifier explicit-path-id-number | name explicit-path-name } | priority level ] [ isis nsap-address | ospf ospf-address | [ path { destination IP-address | tunnel P2P-tunnel-number } [ p2mp P2MP tunnel-number ] ] | { router | network } ] [ model-type { rdm | mam } ]

Syntax Description


`IP-address`	(Optional) Node IP address (router identifier to interface address).
destination `IP-address`	Displays the LSP destination IPv4 address.
exclude-srlg	Specifies an IP address to get SRLG values from for exclusion.
explicit-path	Displays the explicit LSP path.
tunnel	Displays the topology path that is based on the Point-to-Point (P2P) tunnel number.
`P2P -tunnel-number`	P2P tunnel number. Range is 0 to 65535.
affinity	(Optional) Displays the attribute values that are required for links carrying this tunnel. A 32-bit decimal number. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF, representing 32 attributes (bits), where the value of an attribute is 0 or 1.
bandwidth `number`	(Optional) Displays the bandwidth value that is required by this label switched path (LSP).
priority `level`	(Optional) Displays the priority used when signaling a LSP for this tunnel, to determine which existing tunnels can be preempted.
isis `nsap-address`	(Optional) Displays the node router identification, if Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) is enabled.
ospf `ospf-address`	(Optional) Displays the node router identifier, if Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is enabled.
path	(Optional) Displays the path to a destination from this router.
router	Displays the given OSPF address type of the router node.
network	Displays the given OSPF address type of the network node.
brief	(Optional) Displays the brief form of the output that provides a less detailed version of the topology.
link-only	(Optional) Displays the MPLS-TE topology that is filtered by the given neighbor address.
model-type { rdm \| mam }	(Optional) Displays the bandwidth constraints model type, RDM or MAM.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.8.0	This command was modified to include information specific to MPLS Shared Risk Link Groups (SRLG).
Release 3.9.0	These enhancements are listed: The tunnel keyword and `P2P tunnel-number` argument were added. The p2mp keyword and `P2MP tunnel-number` argument were added. The destination keyword and `IP-address` argument were added. The link-only keyword was added. The affinity keyword was modified. Sample output was modified to display the Attribute Names field.
Release 4.0.0	These enhancements are listed: The exclude-srlg keyword and `exclude-srlg-interfice-address` argument were added. explicit-path keyword and `explicit-path-id-number` argument were added. Sample output was added to support the additional keywords and arguments. Sample output was added to show the SRLG interfaces.
Release 5.1.1	Support was added to include signame keyword and to display `signalled-name` in the command output.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng topology command specifying the tunnel number in brief form:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology path tunnel 160
		
		Tunnel160 Path Setup to 10.10.10.10: FULL_PATH
		bw 100 (CT0), min_bw 0, metric: 10
		setup_pri 7, hold_pri 7
		affinity_bits 0x0, affinity_mask 0xffff
		Hop0:10.2.2.1
		Hop1:10.10.10.10

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng topology command specifying the topology path for the P2MP tunnel number:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#  show mpls traffic-eng topology path tunnel p2mp 4 destination 5.5.5.5
		
Tue Sep 15 14:55:19.556 UTC
Tunnel4 Path Setup to 5.5.5.5:
bw 0 (CT0), min_bw 1, metric: 1
setup_pri 7, hold_pri 7
affinity_bits 0x0, affinity_mask 0xffff
Hop0:56.0.0.5
Hop1:5.5.5.5

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng topology command specifying the destination IP address:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology path destination 10.10.10.10
		
		Path Setup to 10.10.10.10:
		bw 0 (CT0), min_bw 999900, metric: 10
		setup_pri 7, hold_pri 7
		affinity_bits 0x0, affinity_mask 0xffffffff
		Hop0:10.2.2.1
		Hop1:10.10.10.10

The following sample output shows the MPLS-TE network topology with the name of the affinity attribute of the link:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology
		
		Link[1]:Point-to-Point, Nbr IGP Id:3.3.3.3, Nbr Node Id:9, gen:23
		      Frag Id:25, Intf Address:13.9.1.1, Intf Id:0
		      Nbr Intf Address:13.9.1.3, Nbr Intf Id:0
		      TE Metric:1, IGP Metric:1, Attribute Flags:0x0
		      Attribute Names: 
		      Switching Capability:, Encoding:
		      BC Model ID:RDM
		      Physical BW:155520 (kbps), Max Reservable BW Global:116640 (kbps)
		      Max Reservable BW Sub:0 (kbps)
		                                 Global Pool       Sub Pool
		               Total Allocated   Reservable        Reservable
		               BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)
		               ---------------   -----------       ----------
		        bw[0]:            0         116640                0
		        bw[1]:            0         116640                0
		        bw[2]:            0         116640                0
		        bw[3]:            0         116640                0
		        bw[4]:            0         116640                0
		        bw[5]:            0         116640                0
		        bw[6]:            0         116640                0
		        bw[7]:            0         116640                0
		
		  Link[2]:Broadcast, DR:12.9.0.2, Nbr Node Id:1, gen:23
		      Frag Id:28, Intf Address:12.9.0.1, Intf Id:0
		      Nbr Intf Address:0.0.0.0, Nbr Intf Id:0
		      TE Metric:1, IGP Metric:1, Attribute Flags:0x4
		      Attribute Names: red2 
		      Switching Capability:, Encoding:
		      BC Model ID:RDM
		      Physical BW:1000000 (kbps), Max Reservable BW Global:10000 (kbps)
		      Max Reservable BW Sub:0 (kbps)
		                                 Global Pool       Sub Pool
		               Total Allocated   Reservable        Reservable
		               BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)
		               ---------------   -----------       ----------
		        bw[0]:            0          10000                0
		        bw[1]:            0          10000                0
		        bw[2]:            0          10000                0
		        bw[3]:            0          10000                0
		        bw[4]:            0          10000                0
		        bw[5]:            0          10000                0
		        bw[6]:            0          10000                0
		        bw[7]:            0          10000                0

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng topology command in detail form in prestandard DS-TE mode:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology
		
		My_System_id: 0000.0000.0002.00 (isis   level-2)
		My_System_id: 20.20.20.20 (ospf   area 0)
		My_BC_Model_Type: RDM 
		
		Signalling error holddown: 10 sec Global Link Generation 36
		
		IGP Id: 0000.0000.0002.00, MPLS-TE Id: 20.20.20.20 Router Node  (isis   level-2)
		
		Link[0]:Point-to-Point, Nbr IGP Id:0000.0000.0003.00, Nbr Node Id:3, gen:36
		      Frag Id:0, Intf Address:7.3.3.1, Intf Id:0
		       Nbr Intf Address:7.3.3.2, Nbr Intf Id:0
		      TE Metric:10, IGP Metric:10, Attribute Flags:0x0
		      SRLGs: 10, 20
		      Switching Capability:, Encoding:
		BC Model ID:RDM
		Physical BW:155520 (kbps), Max Reservable BW Global:100000 (kbps)
		      Max Reservable BW Sub:50000 (kbps)
		                                 Global Pool       Sub Pool
		               Total Allocated   Reservable        Reservable
		               BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)
		               ---------------   -----------       ----------
		        bw[0]:            0         100000            50000
		        bw[1]:            0         100000            50000
		        bw[2]:            0         100000            50000
		        bw[3]:            0         100000            50000
		        bw[4]:            0         100000            50000
		        bw[5]:            0         100000            50000
		        bw[6]:            0         100000            50000
		        bw[7]:            0         100000            50000

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng topology command in detail form in IETF DS-TE mode.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology
		
		My_System_id: 0000.0000.0001.00 (isis 1 level-2)
		My_System_id: 10.10.10.10 (ospf 100 area 0)
		My_BC_Model_Type: MAM 
		
		Signalling error holddown: 10 sec Global Link Generation 84
		
		IGP Id: 0000.0000.0001.00, MPLS-TE Id: 10.10.10.10 Router Node  (isis 1 level-2)
		
		Link[0]:Point-to-Point, Nbr IGP Id:0000.0000.0002.00, Nbr Node Id:6, gen:84
		      Frag Id:0, Intf Address:7.2.2.1, Intf Id:0
		       Nbr Intf Address:7.2.2.2, Nbr Intf Id:0
		      TE Metric:10, IGP Metric:10, Attribute Flags:0x0
		      SRLGs: 10, 20      
		      Switching Capability:, Encoding:
		BC Model ID:MAM
		      Physical BW:155520 (kbps), Max Reservable BW:1000 (kbps)
		      BC0:600 (kbps) BC1:400 (kbps)
		                     Total Allocated   Reservable
		                     BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)
		                     ---------------   -----------
		        TE-class[0]:           10            590
		        TE-class[1]:            0            400
		        TE-class[2]:            0              0
		        TE-class[3]:            0              0
		        TE-class[4]:            0            600
		        TE-class[5]:            0            400
		Link[1]:Point-to-Point, Nbr IGP Id:0000.0000.0002.00, Nbr Node Id:6, gen:84
		      Frag Id:0, Intf Address:7.1.1.1, Intf Id:0
		       Nbr Intf Address:7.1.1.2, Nbr Intf Id:0
		      TE Metric:10, IGP Metric:10, Attribute Flags:0x0
		      SRLGs: 10, 20
		      Switching Capability:, Encoding:
		      BC Model ID:MAM
		      Physical BW:155520 (kbps), Max Reservable BW:1000 (kbps) BC0:600 (kbps) BC1:400 (kbps)
		                     Total Allocated   Reservable
		                     BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)
		                     ---------------   -----------
		        TE-class[0]:           10            590
		        TE-class[1]:            0            400
		        TE-class[2]:            0              0
		        TE-class[3]:            0              0
		        TE-class[4]:            0            600
		        TE-class[5]:            0            400
		        TE-class[6]:            0              0
		        TE-class[7]:            0              0

The following shows a sample output for the show mpls traffic-eng topology command in brief form:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology 192.168.0.145 brief
		
		IGP Id: 0000.0000.0010.00, MPLS TE Id: 192.168.0.145 Router Node  (ISIS test level-1)
		  Link[0]:Point-to-Point, Nbr IGP Id:0000.0000.0234.00, Nbr Node Id:4, gen:5
		      Frag Id:0, Intf Address:10.3.11.145, Intf Id:0
		      Nbr Intf Address:10.3.11.143, Nbr Intf Id:0
		      TE Metric:10, IGP Metric:10, Attribute Flags:0x0
		      SRLGs: 10, 20
		      Attribute Names:  red2
		      Switching Capability:, Encoding:
		      BC Model ID:RDM
		      Physical BW:155520 (kbps), Max Reservable BW Global:0 (kbps)
		      Max Reservable BW Sub:0 (kbps)

The following sample output shows a brief topology for the affinity attributes:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology affinity
		
		affinity
		Mon Mar 23 13:25:47.236 EST EST
		My_System_id: 1.1.1.1 (OSPF 100 area 0)
		My_System_id: 0000.0000.0001.00 (IS-IS 100 level-2)
		My_BC_Model_Type: RDM
		
		Signalling error holddown: 10 sec Global Link Generation 233
		
		IGP Id: 0000.0000.0001.00, MPLS TE Id: 11.11.1.1 Router Node  (IS-IS 100 level-2)
		
		IGP Id: 1.1.1.1, MPLS TE Id: 1.1.1.1 Router Node  (OSPF 100 area 0)
		  Link[0]:      Intf Address: 12.9.1.1, Nbr Intf Address: 12.9.1.2
		      Attribute Flags: 0x0
		      Attribute Names:
		  Link[1]:      Intf Address: 13.9.1.1, Nbr Intf Address: 13.9.1.3
		      Attribute Flags: 0x0
		      Attribute Names:
		  Link[2]:      Intf Address: 12.9.0.1, DR: 12.9.0.2
		      Attribute Flags: 0x4
		      Attribute Names: red2
		  Link[3]:      Intf Address: 14.9.0.1, DR: 14.9.0.4
		      Attribute Flags: 0x0
		      Attribute Names:
		  Link[4]:      Intf Address: 13.9.0.1, DR: 13.9.0.3
		      Attribute Flags: 0x0
		      Attribute Names:
		
		IGP Id: 4.4.4.4, MPLS TE Id: 4.4.4.4 Router Node  (OSPF 100 area 0)
		  Link[0]:      Intf Address: 34.9.1.4, Nbr Intf Address: 34.9.1.3
		      Attribute Flags: 0x0
		      Attribute Names:
		  Link[1]:      Intf Address: 14.9.0.4, DR: 14.9.0.4
		      Attribute Flags: 0x1e
		      Attribute Names: red1 red2 red3 red4
		  Link[2]:      Intf Address: 24.9.0.4, DR: 24.9.0.4
		      Attribute Flags: 0x0
		      Attribute Names:
		  Link[3]:      Intf Address: 34.9.0.4, DR: 34.9.0.3
		      Attribute Flags: 0x0
		      Attribute Names:
		  Link[4]:      Intf Address: 24.9.1.4, Nbr Intf Address: 24.9.1.2
		      Attribute Flags: 0x0
		      Attribute Names:

The following sample output for the show mpls traffic-eng topology command that shows the output to a single link:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology 12.9.1.1 link-only
	
Wed Sep  2 13:24:48.821 EST
 

IGP Id: 0000.0000.0002.00, MPLS TE Id: 2.2.2.2 Router Node  (IS-IS 100 level-2)
 
  Link[0]:Point-to-Point, Nbr IGP Id:0000.0000.0001.00, Nbr Node Id:-1, gen:277740
      Frag Id:0, Intf Address:12.9.1.2, Intf Id:0
      Nbr Intf Address:12.9.1.1, Nbr Intf Id:0
      TE Metric:10, IGP Metric:10, Attribute Flags:0x0
      Attribute Names:
      Switching Capability:, Encoding:
      BC Model ID:RDM
      Physical BW:155520 (kbps), Max Reservable BW Global:116640 (kbps)
      Max Reservable BW Sub:0 (kbps)
                                 Global Pool       Sub Pool
               Total Allocated   Reservable        Reservable
               BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)
               ---------------   -----------       ----------
        bw[0]:            0         116640                0
        bw[1]:            0         116640                0
        bw[2]:            0         116640                0
        bw[3]:            0         116640                0
        bw[4]:            0         116640                0
        bw[5]:            0         116640                0
        bw[6]:            0         116640                0
        bw[7]:            0         116640                0
 
IGP Id: 2.2.2.2, MPLS TE Id: 2.2.2.2 Router Node  (OSPF 100 area 0)
 
  Link[3]:Point-to-Point, Nbr IGP Id:1.1.1.1, Nbr Node Id:-1, gen:277737
      Frag Id:29, Intf Address:12.9.1.2, Intf Id:0
      Nbr Intf Address:12.9.1.1, Nbr Intf Id:0
      TE Metric:1, IGP Metric:1, Attribute Flags:0x0
      Attribute Names:
      Switching Capability:, Encoding:
      BC Model ID:RDM
      Physical BW:155520 (kbps), Max Reservable BW Global:116640 (kbps)
      Max Reservable BW Sub:0 (kbps)
                                 Global Pool       Sub Pool
               Total Allocated   Reservable        Reservable
               BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)
               ---------------   -----------       ----------
        bw[0]:            0         116640                0
        bw[1]:            0         116640                0
        bw[2]:            0         116640                0
        bw[3]:            0         116640                0
        bw[4]:            0         116640                0
        bw[5]:            0         116640                0
        bw[6]:            0         116640                0
        bw[7]:            0         116640                0

The following shows a sample output for the show mpls traffic-eng topology model-type mam command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology model-type mam
		
		IGP Id: 0000.0000.0001.00, MPLS-TE Id: 10.10.10.10 Router Node  (isis 1 level-2)
		  Link[0]:      Intf Address:7.2.2.1, Nbr Intf Address:7.2.2.2
		  Link[1]:      Intf Address:7.1.1.1, Nbr Intf Address:7.1.1.2
		
		IGP Id: 0000.0000.0002.00, MPLS-TE Id: 20.20.20.20 Router Node  (isis 1 level-2)
		  Link[0]:      Intf Address:7.2.2.2, Nbr Intf Address:7.2.2.1
		  Link[1]:      Intf Address:7.1.1.2, Nbr Intf Address:7.1.1.1
		  Link[2]:      Intf Address:7.3.3.1, Nbr Intf Address:7.3.3.2
		
		IGP Id: 0000.0000.0003.00, MPLS-TE Id: 30.30.30.30 Router Node  (isis 1 level-2)
		  Link[0]:      Intf Address:7.3.3.2, Nbr Intf Address:7.3.3.1

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng topology command specifying the topology for the SRLG interfaces:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology srlg

   
Tue Oct  6 13:10:30.342 UTC
My_System_id: 0000.0000.0005.00 (IS-IS 1 level-2)

      SRLG      Interface Addr  TE Router ID    IGP Area  ID
__________      ______________  ____________    _______________
         1      51.1.2.1        100.0.0.1       IS-IS 1 level-2
         2      51.1.2.1        100.0.0.1       IS-IS 1 level-2
         3      51.1.2.1        100.0.0.1       IS-IS 1 level-2
         4      51.1.2.1        100.0.0.1       IS-IS 1 level-2
         5      51.1.2.1        100.0.0.1       IS-IS 1 level-2
         6      51.1.2.1        100.0.0.1       IS-IS 1 level-2
         7      51.1.2.1        100.0.0.1       IS-IS 1 level-2
         8      51.1.2.1        100.0.0.1       IS-IS 1 level-2
        10      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS 1 level-2
        30      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS 1 level-2
        77      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS 1 level-2
        88      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS 1 level-2
      1500      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS 1 level-2
  10000000      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS 1 level-2
4294967290      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS 1 level-2
4294967295      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS 1 level-2

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng topology path destination command specifying the topological path with SRLG exclusion:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology path destination 100.0.0.2 exclude-srlg 50.4.5.5 isis 1 level 2

Tue Oct  6 13:13:44.053 UTC
Path Setup to 100.0.0.2:
bw 0 (CT0), min_bw 0, metric: 20
setup_pri 7, hold_pri 7
affinity_bits 0x0, affinity_mask 0xffff
Exclude SRLG Intf Addr : 50.4.5.5
SRLGs Excluded: 10, 30, 77, 88, 1500, 10000000
                4294967290, 4294967295
Hop0:50.5.1.5
Hop1:50.5.1.1
Hop2:51.1.2.1
Hop3:51.1.2.2
Hop4:100.0.0.2

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng topology path destination command specifying the topological path based on a given explicit path:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology path destination 100.0.0.2 explicit-path name exclude-srlg isis 1 level 2

Tue Oct  6 13:16:44.233 UTC
Path Setup to 100.0.0.2:
bw 0 (CT0), min_bw 0, metric: 20
setup_pri 7, hold_pri 7
affinity_bits 0x0, affinity_mask 0xffff
SRLGs Excluded: 10, 30, 77, 88, 1500, 10000000
                4294967290, 4294967295, 1, 2, 3, 4
                5, 6, 7, 8
Hop0:50.5.1.5
Hop1:50.5.1.1
Hop2:50.1.2.1
Hop3:50.1.2.2
Hop4:100.0.0.2

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 21. show mpls traffic-eng topology Field Descriptions
Field	Description
My_System_id	IGP¹¹ system or IGP router ID.
Signalling error holddown	Link hold-down timer configured to handle path error events to exclude link from topology.
IGP Id	Identification of the advertising router.
Link	MPLS-TE link.
Frag Id	GP LSA¹² fragment identifier.
Nbr Intf Address	Neighbor Interface address of this link.
TE Metric	TE cost of link.
SRLGs	SRLG¹³ values that are flooded by IGPs to TE.
Switching Capability	Switching capability: packet, optical, lambda.
Physical BW	Physical line rate.
BC Model ID	Bandwidth constraint model ID (RDM or MAM).
Max Reservable BW	Maximum bandwidth (in kilobits per second) that you can reserve on a link.
Max Reservable BW Global	Maximum bandwidth (in kilobits per second) that you can reserve on a link in global-pool (prestandard and RDM).
Max Reservable BW Sub	Maximum bandwidth (in kilobits per second) that you can reserve on a link in subpool (prestandard and RDM).
BC0	Maximum bandwidth (in kilobits per second) that you can reserve on a link in BC0.
BC1	Maximum bandwidth (in kilobits per second) that you can reserve on a link in BC1.
TE-class[index]	Available bandwidth in TE-class (map of class-type and priority) at given index.
Total Allocated BW	Bandwidth (in Kbps) allocated at that priority.
Global Pool Reservable BW	Available bandwidth (in kbps) reservable at that priority in global pool (prestandard RDM).
Sub Pool Reservable BW	Available bandwidth (in kbps) reservable at that priority in sub-pool (prestandard RDM).
Attribute Names	Brief topology and the associated affinity attributes. The names of the affinity attribute of the link are displayed.

¹¹ IGP = Interior Gateway Protocol.

¹² LSA = link-state advertisement.

¹³ SRLG = shared-risk link group.

Related Commands


Command	Description
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.
interface (SRLG)	Enables SRLG on an interface and enters SRLG interface configuration mode.
srlg	Configures an MPLS traffic enginnering SRLG values for a link on an interface.
show srlg	Displays the SRLG interface and configuration information.

show mpls traffic-eng tunnels

To display information about MPLS-TE tunnels, use the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command in EXEC mode .

show mpls traffic-eng tunnels [tunnel-number] [affinity] [all] [auto-bw] [ attribute-set { auto-backup | auto-mesh } { all | tunnel-name } ] [auto-tunnel] [ backup [ tunnel-number | auto-tunnel [mesh ] mesh-value | [ name tunnel-name ] | promotion-timer promotion-timer | protected-interface type interface-path-id | { static | auto } ] ] [brief] [ destination destination-address ] [detail] [down] [gmpls] [ interface { in | out | inout } type interface-path-id ] [ name tunnel-name ] [ p2mp [concise] ] [p2p] [ property { backup-tunnel | fast-reroute } ] [ protection [unused] ] [ reoptimized within-last interval ] [ role { all | head | tail | middle } ] [ soft-preemption { desired | triggered} } ] [ source source-address ] [ suboptimal constraints { current | max | none } ] [summary] [tabular] [unused] [up] [ class-type ct ] [ igp { isis | ospf } ] [ within-last interval ]

Syntax Description

tunnel-number

(Optional)Number of the tunnel. Range is from 0 to 65535.

attribute-set

(Optional) Restricts the display of tunnels with an attribute set.

auto-backup

Restricts the display of specific or all tunnels that are using auto-backup type of attribute-set.

auto-mesh

Restricts the display of specific or all tunnels that are using auto-mesh type of attribute-set.

affinity

(Optional) Displays the affinity attributes for all outgoing links. The links, which are used by the tunnel, display color information.

all

(Optional) Displays all MPLS-TE tunnels.

auto-bw

(Optional) Restricts the display to tunnels when the automatic bandwidth is enabled.

auto-tunnel

(Optional) Restricts the display of automatically created tunnels.

mesh mesh-value

Displays the tunnels that belong to the specified auto-tunnel mesh group.

backup

(Optional) Displays FRR¹⁴ backup tunnels information. The information includes the physical interface protected by the tunnel, the number of TE LSPs¹⁵ protected, and the bandwidth protected.

(Optional) Displays backup information for automatic tunnels and FRR tunnels.

name tunnel-name

(Optional) Displays the tunnel with given name.

promotion-timer promotion-timer

(Optional) Displays the configured FRR backup tunnel promotion timer value, in seconds.

protected-interface

(Optional) Displays FRR protected interfaces.

static

(Optional) Displays static backup tunnels.

auto-tunnel

(Optional) Displays protected automatic backup tunnels.

brief

(Optional) Displays the brief form of this command.

destination destination-address

(Optional) Restricts the display to tunnels destined for the specified IP address.

detail

(Optional) Displays detail information about headend tunnels.

down

(Optional) Displays tunnels that are down.

gmpls

(Optional) Restricts the display to GMPLS tunnels.

interface in

(Optional) Displays tunnels that use the specified input interface.

interface out

(Optional) Displays tunnels that use the specified output interface.

interface inout

(Optional) Displays tunnels that use the specified interface as an input or output interface.

type

(Optional) Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or a virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

p2mp

(Optional) Displays only the P2MP tunnels and the subLSPs.

concise

(Optional) Displays a summary of the P2MP tunnels and the subLSPs. This option is available only for P2MP tunnels.

p2p

(Optional) Displays only P2P tunnels.

property backup-tunnel

(Optional) Displays tunnels with property of backup tunnel. Selects MPLS-TE tunnels used to protect physical interfaces on this router. A tunnel configured to protect a link against failure is a backup tunnel and has the backup tunnel property.

property fast-reroute

(Optional) Displays tunnels with property of fast-reroute configured. Selects FRR-protected MPLS-TE tunnels originating on (head), transmitting (router), or terminating (tail) on this router.

protection

(Optional) Displays all protected tunnels (configured as fast-reroutable). Displays information about the protection provided to each tunnel selected by other options specified with this command. The information includes whether protection is configured for the tunnel, the protection (if any) provided to the tunnel by this router, and the tunnel bandwidth protected.

reoptimized within-last interval

(Optional) Displays tunnels reoptimized within the last given time interval.

role all

(Optional) Displays all tunnels.

role head

(Optional) Displays tunnels with their heads at this router.

role middle

(Optional) Displays tunnels at the middle of this router.

role tail

(Optional) Displays tunnels with their tails at this router.

soft-preemption

Displays tunnels on which the soft-preemption feature is enabled.

source source-address

(Optional) Restricts the display to tunnels with a matching source IP address.

suboptimal constraints current

(Optional) Displays tunnels whose path metric is greater than the current shortest path constrained by the tunnel’s configured options.

suboptimal constraints max

(Optional) Displays tunnels whose path metric is greater than the current shortest path, constrained by the configured options for the tunnel, and taking into consideration only the network capacity.

suboptimal constraints none

(Optional) Displays tunnels whose path metric is greater than the shortest unconstrained path.

summary

(Optional) Displays summary of configured tunnels.

tabular

(Optional) Displays a table showing TE LSPs, with one entry per line.

unused

(Optional) Displays only unused backup tunnels.

up

(Optional) Displays tunnels when the tunnel interface is up.

class-type ct

(Optional) Displays tunnels using the given class-type value configuration.

igp isis

(Optional) Displays tunnels with the path calculated as the IS-IS type for IGP.

igp ospf

(Optional) Displays tunnels with the path calculated as the OSPF type for IGP.

within-last interval

(Optional) Displays tunnels that has come up within the last given time interval.

auto-tunnel pcc

Displays stateful PCE client (PCC) auto-tunnel information.

¹⁴ FRR = Fast Reroute.

¹⁵ LSPs = Label Switched Paths.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0	The tabular keyword was added.
Release 3.5.0	The command output was updated to support unequal load-balancing parameters.
Release 3.7.0	If specified, sample output was modified to display the area on its own line after the existing path-option information.
Release 3.8.0	These items were added: To support the Automatic Bandwidth feature: The auto-bw keyword was added. Sample output and automatic bandwidth fields were added. The `tunnel-number` argument, gmpls keyword, and p2p keyword were added.
Release 3.9.0	These items were added to support the P2MP feature: The p2mp and concise keywords were added. Sample output was added to display the label and rewrite information concisely. Sample output was modified to show the various P2MP tunnel types for the protection keyword. Sample output was modified to support the reoptimization install timer and clean up timer values for the `tunnel-number` argument and detail keyword.
Release 4.0.0	These items were added to support the MPLS-TE automatic backup tunnel feature: The auto-tunnel keyword was added. The unused keyword was added.
Release 4.1.1	The mesh keyword was added.
Release 4.2.0	The soft-preemption and attribute-set keywords were added. Sample output was modified to display only tunnels on which the soft-preemption feature is enabled.
Release 4.2.1	The auto-backup and auto-mesh keywords were added. Sample output was modified to display tunnels that are using auto-backup or auto-mesh type of attribute-set.
Release 4.2.3	Sample output was modified to display P2MP-TE inter-area related configuration details.
Release 5.1.1	The command output was modified to display information on stateful PCE client (PCC) auto-tunnels. Support was added to include signame keyword and to display `signalled-name` in the command output.
Release 5.1.2	These changes were made to support the path-selection cost-limit feature: The command output was modified to show the configured cost-limit. The shown PCALC error was modified to show cost-limit failure: applies for new paths and verification of existing paths. The 'Reopt Reason' field in the show output was modified to show the cost-limit. The path-protection switchover reason in the show output was modified to show the cost-limit. The command output was modified to display the 'Traffic switched to FRR backup tunnel-te' message as part of Soft-preemption over FRR backup tunnels feature implementation.

Usage Guidelines

You must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. The command reference guides include the task IDs required for each command. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Use the brief form of the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command to display information specific to a tunnel interface. Use the command without the brief keyword to display information that includes the destination address, source ID, role, name, suboptimal constraints, and interface.

The affinity keyword is available for only the source router.

Selected tunnels would have a shorter path if they were reoptimized immediately.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This sample output is not changed when no area is specified for the active path-option. If the area is specified, it is added on a line of its own after the existing path-option information.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels 20 detail

Signalling Summary:
              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
                     RSVP Process:  running
                       Forwarding:  enabled
          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 2400 seconds
           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 16 seconds
          Auto-bw enabled tunnels:  6

 Name: tunnel-te20  Destination: 130.130.130.130
  Status:
    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected

    path option 1,  type explicit r1r2r3gig_path (Basis for Setup, path weight 200)
    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
    Bandwidth Requested: 113 kbps  CT0

  Config Parameters:
    Bandwidth:      100 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
    Metric Type: TE (interface)
    AutoRoute:  enabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
    Forwarding-Adjacency: disabled
    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
    Auto-bw: enabled
      Last BW Applied: 113 kbps CT0   BW Applications: 1
      Last Application Trigger: Periodic Application
      Bandwidth Min/Max: 0-4294967295 kbps
      Application Frequency: 5 min   Jitter: 0s   Time Left: 4m 19s
      Collection Frequency: 1 min
      Samples Collected: 0   Next: 14s
      Highest BW: 0 kbps   Underflow BW: 0 kbps
      Adjustment Threshold: 10%   10 kbps
      Overflow Detection disabled
      Underflow Detection disabled
    Fast Reroute: Disabled, Protection Desired: None
    Path Protection: Not Enabled
  History:
    Tunnel has been up for: 00:18:54 (since Sun Mar 14 23:48:23 UTC 2010)
    Current LSP:
      Uptime: 00:05:41 (since Mon Mar 15 00:01:36 UTC 2010)
    Prior LSP:
      ID: path option 1 [3]
      Removal Trigger: reoptimization completed
  Current LSP Info: 
    Instance: 4, Signaling Area: IS-IS 1 level-2
    Uptime: 00:05:41 (since Mon Mar 15 00:01:36 UTC 2010)
    Outgoing Interface: GigabitEthernet0/5/0/21, Outgoing Label: 16009
    Router-IDs: local      110.110.110.110
                downstream 120.120.120.120
    Path Info:
      Outgoing:
      Explicit Route:
        Strict, 61.10.1.2
        Strict, 61.15.1.1
        Strict, 61.15.1.2
        Strict, 130.130.130.130
      Record Route: Disabled
      Tspec: avg rate=113 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=113 kbits
      Session Attributes: Local Prot: Not Set, Node Prot: Not Set, BW Prot: Not Set
    Resv Info: None
      Record Route: Disabled
      Fspec: avg rate=113 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=113 kbits 
  Displayed 1 (of 6) heads, 0 (of 0) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails
  Displayed 1 up, 0 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This is a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the property keyword:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels property backup interface out pos 0/6/0/0
 
		Signalling Summary:
		              LSP Tunnels Process:  running, not registered with RSVP
		                     RSVP Process:  not running
		                       Forwarding:  enabled
		          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 3595 seconds
		           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 295 seconds
		      Periodic auto-bw collection:  disabled
		
		Name: tunnel-te1  Destination: 1.1.1.1
		  Status:
		    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected
		
		    path option 1,  type dynamic   (Basis for Setup, path weight 1)
		    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties) 
		
		  Config Parameters:
		    Bandwidth:        1000 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
		    Metric Type: TE (default)
		    AutoRoute:  disabled  LockDown: disabled     
		    Loadshare:      10000 bandwidth-based
		    Auto-bw: disabled(0/0) 0  Bandwidth Requested:        0
		    Direction: unidirectional
		    Endpoint switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		    Transit switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		    Backup FRR EXP Demotion: 1 ' 7, 2 ' 1
		    Class-Attributes: 1, 2, 7
		    Bandwidth-Policer: off
		
		  History:
		    Tunnel has been up for: 00:00:08
		    Current LSP:
		      Uptime: 00:00:08
		
		  Path info (ospf 0 area 0):
		  Hop0: 10.0.0.2
		  Hop1: 102.0.0.2 
		Displayed 1 (of 1) heads, 0 (of 0) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails
		Displayed 0 up, 1 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 22. show mpls traffic-eng tunnels Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
LSP Tunnels Process	Status of the LSP¹⁶ tunnels process.
RSVP Process	Status of the RSVP process.
Forwarding	Status of forwarding (enabled or disabled).
Periodic reoptimization	Time, in seconds, until the next periodic reoptimization.
Periodic FRR Promotion	Time, in seconds, till the next periodic FRR¹⁷ promotion.
Periodic auto-bw collection	Time, in seconds, till the next periodic auto-bw collection.
Name	Interface configured at the tunnel head.
Destination	Tail-end router identifier.
Admin/STATUS	Configured up or down.
Oper/STATE	Operationally up or down.
Signalling	Signaling connected or down or proceeding.
Config Parameters	Configuration parameters provided by tunnel mode MPLS traffic-eng, including those specific to unequal load-balancing functionality (bandwidth, load-share, backup FRR EXP demotion, class-attributes, and bandwidth-policer).
History: Current LSP: Uptime	Time LSP has been up.
Path Info	Hop list of current LSP.

¹⁶ LSP = Link-State Packet.

¹⁷ FRR = Fast Reroute.

This sample output shows the link attributes of links that are traversed by the tunnel (color information):


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels 11 affinity
		
		Signalling Summary:
		              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
		                     RSVP Process:  running
		                       Forwarding:  enabled
		          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 2710 seconds
		           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 27 seconds
		
		
		          Auto-bw enabled tunnels:  0 (disabled)
		
		Name: tunnel-te11  Destination: 3.3.3.3
		  Status:
		    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected
		
		    path option 1,  type explicit gige_1_2_3 (Basis for Setup, path weight 2)
		    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
		    Bandwidth Requested: 200 kbps  CT0
		
		  Config Parameters:
		    Bandwidth:      200 kbps (CT0) Priority:  2  2
		    Number of affinity constraints: 1
		       Include bit map       : 0x4
		       Include name          : red2
		
		    Metric Type: TE (default)
		    AutoRoute: disabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
		    Forwarding-Adjacency: disabled
		    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
		    Auto-bw: disabled
		    Fast Reroute: Enabled, Protection Desired: Any
		    Path Protection: Not Enabled
		  History:
		    Tunnel has been up for: 02:55:27
		    Current LSP:
		      Uptime: 02:02:19
		    Prior LSP:
		      ID: path option 1 [8]
		      Removal Trigger: reoptimization completed
		
		  Path info (OSPF 100 area 0):
		    Link0: 12.9.0.1 
		      Attribute flags: 0x4
		      Attribute names: red2
		    Link1: 23.9.0.2 
		      Attribute flags: 0x4
		      Attribute names: red2
		
		Displayed 1 (of 8) heads, 0 (of 0) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails
		Displayed 1 up, 0 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This sample output shows the brief summary of the tunnel status and configuration:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels brief 
		
		Signalling Summary:
		              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
		                     RSVP Process:  running
		                       Forwarding:  enabled
		          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 2538 seconds
		           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 38 seconds
		          Auto-bw enabled tunnels:  0 (disabled)
		                     TUNNEL NAME         DESTINATION      STATUS  STATE
		                   tunnel-mte100        2.2.2.2          up  up
		                   tunnel-mte300         60.60.60.60          up  up
		                   tunnel-te1060            10.6.6.6          up  up
		                 PE6_C12406_t607            10.7.7.7          up  up
		                 PE6_C12406_t608            10.8.8.8          up  up
		                 PE6_C12406_t609            10.9.9.9          up  up
		                 PE6_C12406_t610         10.10.10.10          up  up
		                 PE6_C12406_t621         10.21.21.21          up  up
		                 PE7_C12406_t706            10.6.6.6          up  up
		                 PE7_C12406_t721         10.21.21.21          up  up
		                  Tunnel_PE8-PE6            10.6.6.6          up  up
		                 Tunnel_PE8-PE21         10.21.21.21          up  up
		                  Tunnel_PE9-PE6            10.6.6.6          up  up
		                 Tunnel_PE9-PE21         10.21.21.21          up  up
		                 Tunnel_PE10-PE6            10.6.6.6          up  up
		                Tunnel_PE10-PE21         10.21.21.21          up  up
		               PE21_C12406_t2106            10.6.6.6          up  up
		               PE21_C12406_t2107            10.7.7.7          up  up
		               PE21_C12406_t2108            10.8.8.8          up  up
		               PE21_C12406_t2109            10.9.9.9          up  up
		               PE21_C12406_t2110         10.10.10.10          up  up
		                PE6_C12406_t6070            10.7.7.7          up  up
		                PE7_C12406_t7060            10.6.6.6          up  up
                 tunnel-te1                200.0.0.3            up  up
                 OUNI POS0/1/0/1           100.0.0.1            up  up
                 OUNI POS0/1/0/2           200.0.0.1            up  up

		Displayed 1 (of 1) heads, 20 (of 20) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails
		Displayed 1 up, 0 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This section shows a sample output that results when automatic backup tunnels are created:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels brief

.
.
.
TUNNEL NAME         DESTINATION      STATUS  STATE
              tunnel-te0           200.0.0.3          up  up
              tunnel-te1           200.0.0.3          up  up
              tunnel-te2           200.0.0.3          up  up
            *tunnel-te50           200.0.0.3          up  up
            *tunnel-te60           200.0.0.3          up  up
            *tunnel-te70           200.0.0.3          up  up
            *tunnel-te80           200.0.0.3          up  up
.
.
.

* = automatically created backup tunnel

This is sample output that shows a summary of configured tunnels by using the summary keyword:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels summary
		
		LSP Tunnels Process:  not running, disabled
		                     RSVP Process:  running
		                       Forwarding:  enabled
		          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 2706 seconds
		           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 81 seconds
		      Periodic auto-bw collection:  disabled
		
		Signalling Summary:
		    Head: 1 interfaces, 1 active signalling attempts, 1 established
		          0 explicit, 1 dynamic
		          1 activations, 0 deactivations
		          0 recovering, 0 recovered
		    Mids: 0
		    Tails: 0
		
		Fast ReRoute Summary:
		    Head:     0 FRR tunnels, 0 protected, 0 rerouted
		    Mid:      0 FRR tunnels, 0 protected, 0 rerouted
		    Summary:  0 protected, 0 link protected, 0 node protected, 0 bw protected
		

		
		P2MP Summary:
		    Tunnel Head:         1 total, 1 connected
		    Destination Head:    2 total, 2 connected
		    S2L Head: 2 established, 0 proceeding
		    S2L Mid:  0 established, 0 proceeding
		    S2L Tail: 1 established
		
		P2MP Fast ReRoute Summary:
		    Tunnel Head: 0 FRR enabled
		    S2L Head: 0 FRR, 0 protected, 0 rerouted
		    S2L Mid:  0 FRR, 0 protected, 0 rerouted
		    Summary:  0 protected, 0 link protected, 0 node protected, 0 bw protected



AutoTunnel Backup Summary:
    AutoTunnel Backups:
             50 created, 50 up, 0 down, 8 unused
             25 NHOP, 25 NNHOP, 10 SRLG strict, 10 SRLG pref
    Protected LSPs: 
             10 NHOP, 20 NHOP+SRLG
             15 NNHOP, 5 NNHOP+SRLG
    Protected S2L Sharing Families: 
             10 NHOP, 20 NHOP+SRLG
             15 NNHOP, 5 NNHOP+SRLG
    Protected S2Ls:              10 NHOP, 20 NHOP+SRLG
             15 NNHOP, 5 NNHOP+SRLG

This sample output shows the various P2MP tunnels by using the protection keyword:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels protection
		
haa-2_t20 Tunnel Id: 20
  LSP Head, Admin: up, Oper: up
  Src: 2.2.2.2, Dest: 3.3.3.3, Instance: 2
  Fast Reroute Protection: None
 

haa-2_t20 Tunnel Id: 20
  LSP Head, Admin: up, Oper: up
  Src: 2.2.2.2, Dest: 3.3.3.3, Instance: 3
  Fast Reroute Protection: None
 

haa-2_t21 Tunnel Id: 21
  LSP Head, Admin: up, Oper: up
  Src: 2.2.2.2, Dest: 3.3.3.3, Instance: 2
  Fast Reroute Protection: Requested
    Outbound: FRR Ready
     Backup tunnel-te200 to LSP nhop
      tunnel-te200: out I/f: GigabitEthernet0/2/0/3
     LSP signalling info:
      Original: out I/f: POS0/3/0/3, label:  3, nhop: 23.9.1.3
      With FRR: out I/f: tunnel-te200, label:  3
     LSP bw: 0 kbps, Backup level: any-class unlimited, type: CT0
 
haa-2_t200 Tunnel Id: 200
  LSP Head, Admin: up, Oper: up
  Src: 2.2.2.2, Dest: 3.3.3.3, Instance: 3
  Fast Reroute Protection: None

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 23. show mpls traffic-eng tunnels protection Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Tunnel#	Number of the MPLS-TE backup tunnel.
LSP Head/router	Node is either head or router for this LSP¹⁸.
Instance	LSP ID.
Backup tunnel	Backup tunnel protection for NHOP/NNHOP.
out if	Backup tunnel's outgoing interface
Original	Outgoing interface, label, and next-hop of the LSP when not using backup.
With FRR	Outgoing interface and label when using backup tunnel.
LSP BW	Signaled bandwidth of the LSP.
Backup level	Type of bandwidth protection provided—pool type and limited/unlimited bandwidth.
LSP Tunnels Process	Status of the TE process ¹⁹.

¹⁸ LSP = Link-State Packet.

¹⁹ LSP = Label Switched Path

This sample output shows information about sharing label and rewrite information concisely for P2MP tunnels:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels p2mp concise
		
		Tunnel: 100 P2MP 100 LSP 1 Src 60.60.60.60 Role Head
		  Subgroup 1 Dst 2.2.2.2 State connected FRR Inact (--unknown--)
		  InIF none OutIF GigabitEthernet0_2_0_1 Local Label 16000 Out Label 16000
		Tunnel: 300 P2MP 300 LSP 1 Src 2.2.2.2 Role Tail
		  Subgroup 1 Dst 60.60.60.60 State connected FRR Inact (--unknown--)
		  InIF GigabitEthernet0_2_0_1 OutIF none Local Label 16001 Out Label 0

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the backup keyword. This command selects every MPLS-TE tunnel known to the router, and displays information about the FRR protection that each selected tunnel provides for interfaces on this route. The command does not generate output for tunnels that do not provide FRR protection of interfaces on this router:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels backup
		
		tunnel160
		 Admin: up, Oper: up
		 Src: 10.20.20.20, Dest: 10.10.10.10, Instance: 28
		 Fast Reroute Backup Provided:
		  Protected I/fs: POS0/7/0/0 
		  Protected lsps: 0
		  Backup BW: any-class unlimited, Inuse: 0 kbps

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 24. show mpls traffic-eng tunnels backup Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Tunnel#	MPLS-TE backup tunnel number.
Dest	IP address of backup tunnel destination.
State	State of the backup tunnel. Values are up, down, or admin-down.
Instance	LSP ID of the tunnel.
Protected I/fs	List of interfaces protected by the backup tunnel.
Protected lsps	Number of LSPs currently protected by the backup tunnel.
Backup BW	Configured backup bandwidth type and amount. Pool from which bandwidth is acquired. Values are any-class, CT0, and CT1. Amount is either unlimited or a configured limit in kbps.
Inuse	Backup bandwidth currently in use on the backup tunnel.

This shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the backup and protected-interface keywords:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels backup protected-interface
		
		Interface: POS0/5/0/1
		    Tunnel100  UNUSED : out I/f:               Admin: down  Oper: down
		
		Interface: POS0/7/0/0
		    Tunnel160    NHOP : out I/f: POS0/6/0/0   Admin:   up  Oper:   up

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 25. show mpls traffic-eng tunnels backup protected-interface Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Interface	MPLS-TE-enabled FRR protected interface.
Tunnel#	FRR protected tunnel on the interface.
NHOP/NNHOP/UNUSED	State of Protected tunnel. Values are unused, next hop, next-next hop.
out I/f	Outgoing interface of the backup tunnel providing the protection.

This shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels up command using the igp ospf keywords:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels up igp ospf
		
		Signalling Summary:
		              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
		                     RSVP Process:  running
		                       Forwarding:  enabled
		          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 3381 seconds
		           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 81 seconds
		      Periodic auto-bw collection:  disabled
		
		Name: tunnel-te11  Destination: 30.30.30.30
		  Status:
		    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected
		
		    path option 1, type explicit back (Basis for Setup, path weight 1)
		 G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
		
		  Config Parameters:
		    Bandwidth:        0 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
		    Number of configured name based affinities: 2
		    Name based affinity constraints in use:
		       Include bit map          : 0x4 (refers to undefined affinity name)
		       Include-strict bit map: 0x4
		
		    Metric Type: TE (default)
		    AutoRoute:  disabled  LockDown: disabled   Loadshare:        0 bw-based
		    Auto-bw: disabled(0/0) 0  Bandwidth Requested:        0
		    Direction: unidirectional
		 Endpoint switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		    Transit switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		
		  History:
		    Tunnel has been up for: 00:00:21
		    Current LSP:
		      Uptime: 00:00:21
		    Prior LSP:
		      ID: path option 1 [4]
		      Removal Trigger: tunnel shutdown
		
		  Path info (ospf   area 0):
		  Hop0: 7.4.4.2
		  Hop1: 30.30.30.30
		
		Displayed 1 (of 3) heads, 0 (of 0) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails
		Displayed 1 up, 0 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the up within-last keywords:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels up within-last 200
		
		Signalling Summary:
		              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
		                     RSVP Process:  running
		                       Forwarding:  enabled
		          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 3381 seconds
		           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 81 seconds
		      Periodic auto-bw collection:  disabled
		
		Name: tunnel-te11  Destination: 30.30.30.30
		  Status:
		    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected
		
		    path option 1, type explicit back (Basis for Setup, path weight 1)
		 G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
		
		  Config Parameters:
		    Bandwidth:        0 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
		    Number of configured name based affinities: 2
		    Name based affinity constraints in use:
		       Include bit map          : 0x4 (refers to undefined affinity name)
		       Include-strict bit map: 0x4
		Metric Type: TE (default)
		    AutoRoute:  disabled  LockDown: disabled   Loadshare:        0 bw-based
		    Auto-bw: disabled(0/0) 0  Bandwidth Requested:        0
		    Direction: unidirectional
		 Endpoint switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		    Transit switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		
		  History:
		    Tunnel has been up for: 00:00:21
		    Current LSP:
		      Uptime: 00:00:21
		    Prior LSP:
		      ID: path option 1 [4]
		      Removal Trigger: tunnel shutdown
		
		  Path info (ospf   area 0):
		  Hop0: 7.4.4.2
		  Hop1: 30.30.30.30
		
		Displayed 1 (of 3) heads, 0 (of 0) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails
		Displayed 1 up, 0 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the reoptimized within-last keywords:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels reoptimized within-last 600
		
		Signalling Summary:
		              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
		                     RSVP Process:  running
		                       Forwarding:  enabled
		          Periodic reoptimization:  every 60000 seconds, next in 41137 seconds
		           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 37 seconds
		      Periodic auto-bw collection:  disabled
		
		Name: tunnel-te1  Destination: 30.30.30.30
		  Status:
		    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected
		
		    path option 1, type explicit prot1 (Basis for Setup, path weight 1)
		 G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
		
		  Config Parameters:
		    Bandwidth:       66 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
		    Metric Type: IGP (global)
		    AutoRoute:   enabled  LockDown: disabled   Loadshare:       66 bw-based
		    Auto-bw: disabled(0/0) 0  Bandwidth Requested:       66
		    Direction: unidirectional
		 Endpoint switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		    Transit switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		
		  History:
		    Tunnel has been up for: 00:14:04
		    Current LSP:
		      Uptime: 00:03:52
		      Selection: reoptimization
		    Prior LSP:
		      ID: path option 1 [2013]
		      Removal Trigger: reoptimization completed
		
		  Path info (ospf   area 0):
		  Hop0: 7.2.2.2
		  Hop1: 7.3.3.2
		  Hop2: 30.30.30.30
		Displayed 1 (of 1) heads, 0 (of 0) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails
		Displayed 1 up, 0 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This is a sample output that shows the reoptimization install timer and cleanup timer values for the tunnel-mte 100 interface:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels 100
		
		Signalling Summary:
		              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
		                     RSVP Process:  running
		                       Forwarding:  enabled
		          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 1505 seconds
		           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 79 seconds
		          Auto-bw enabled tunnels:  0 (disabled)
		
		Name: tunnel-mte100
		   Status:
		     Admin: up  Oper: up (Up for 02:33:21)
		
		     Config Parameters:
		      Bandwidth: 10 kbps (CT0) Priority: 7 7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
		      Metric Type: TE (default)
		      Fast Reroute: Not Enabled, Protection Desired: None
		      Record Route: Not Enabled
		
		      Destination summary: (1 up, 0 down, 0 disabled) Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
		      Auto-bw: disabled
		      Destination: 20.20.20.20
		        State: Up for 02:33:21
		        Path options:
		          path-option 10 dynamic     [active]
		
		    Current LSP:
		      lsp-id: 10005 p2mp-id: 100 tun-id: 100 src: 10.10.10.10 extid: 10.10.10.10
		      LSP up for: 00:02:27
		      Reopt Trigger: Bandwidth CLI Change, Reopt Reason: applying bandwidth change
		      Reroute Pending: No
		      Inuse Bandwidth: 10 kbps (CT0)
		      Number of S2Ls: 1 connected, 0 signaling proceeding, 0 down
		
		      S2L Sub LSP: Destination 20.20.20.20 Signaling Status: connected
		        S2L up for: 00:02:27
		        Sub Group ID: 1 Sub Group Originator ID: 10.10.10.10
		        Path option path-option 10 dynamic    (path weight 10)
		        Path info (IS-IS 1 level-1)
		          7.2.2.2
		          20.20.20.20
		
		    Reoptimized LSP (Install Timer Remaining 0 Seconds): 
		      None
		    Cleaned LSP (Cleanup Timer Remaining 0 Seconds): 
		      None

This is a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the detail keyword:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels 100 detail
 
		Name: tunnel-te1  Destination: 24.24.24.24
		  Status:
		    Admin:    up Oper:   up
		 
		        Working Path:  valid  Signalling: connected
		        Protecting Path:  valid  Protect Signalling: connected
		        Working LSP is carrying traffic
		 
		    path option 1,  type explicit po4 (Basis for Setup, path weight 1)
		      (Basis for Standby, path weight 2)
		    G-PID: 0x001d (derived from egress interface properties)
		    Path protect LSP is present.
		 
		    path option 1,  type explicit po6 (Basis for Setup, path weight 1)
		
		  Config Parameters:
		    Bandwidth:       10 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
		    Metric Type: TE (default)
		    AutoRoute:   enabled  LockDown: disabled   Loadshare:       10 bw-based
		    Auto-bw: disabled(0/0) 0  Bandwidth Requested:       10
		    Direction: unidirectional
		    Endpoint switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		    Transit switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		
		  History:
		    Tunnel has been up for: 00:04:06
		    Current LSP:
		      Uptime: 00:04:06
		    Prior LSP:
		      ID: path option 1 [5452]
		      Removal Trigger: path verification failed
		Current LSP Info:
		    Instance: 71, Signaling Area: ospf optical area 0
		    Uptime: 00:10:41
		    Incoming Label: explicit-null
		    Outgoing Interface: POS0/4/0/0, Outgoing Label: implicit-null
		    Path Info:
		      Explicit Route:
		        Strict, 100.0.0.3
		        Strict, 24.24.24.24
		      Record Route: None
		      Tspec: avg rate=2488320 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=2488320 kbits
		Resv Info:
		      Record Route:
		        IPv4 100.0.0.3, flags 0x0
		      Fspec: avg rate=2488320 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=2488320 kbits
		  Protecting LSP Info:
		    Instance: 72, Signaling Area: ospf optical area 0
		    Incoming Label: explicit-null
		    Outgoing Interface: POS0/6/0/0, Outgoing Label: implicit-null
		    Path Info:
		      Explicit Route:
		        Strict, 101.0.0.3
		        Strict, 24.24.24.24
		      Record Route: None
		      Tspec: avg rate=2488320 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=2488320 kbits
		    Resv Info:
		      Record Route:
		        IPv4 101.0.0.3, flags 0x0
		      Fspec: avg rate=2488320 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=2488320 kbits
		  Reoptimized LSP Info (Install Timer Remaining 11 Seconds):
		  Cleaned LSP Info (Cleanup Timer Remaining 19 Seconds):

This is a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the role mid keyword:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels role mid
		
		Signalling Summary:
		              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
		                     RSVP Process:  running
		                       Forwarding:  enabled
		          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 1166 seconds
		           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 90 seconds
		      Periodic auto-bw collection:  disabled
		LSP Tunnel 10.10.10.10 1 [5508] is signalled, connection is up
		  Tunnel Name: FRR1_t1  Tunnel Role: Mid
		  InLabel: POS0/2/0/1, 33
		  OutLabel: POS0/3/0/0, implicit-null
		  Signalling Info:
		    Src 10.10.10.10 Dst 30.30.30.30, Tunnel ID 1, Tunnel Instance 5508
		    Path Info:1
		      Incoming Address: 7.3.3.1
		Incoming      Explicit Route:
		        Strict, 7.3.3.1
		        Loose, 30.30.30.30
		     ERO Expansion Info: 
		      ospf 100 area 0, Metric 1 (TE), Affinity 0x0, Mask 0xffff, Queries 0
		      Outgoing      Explicit Route:
		        Strict, 7.2.2.1
		        Strict, 30.30.30.30
		Record Route: None
		      Tspec: avg rate=10 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=10 kbits
		    Resv Info:
		      Record Route:
		        IPv4 30.30.30.30, flags 0x20
		        Label 3, flags 0x1
		        IPv4 7.3.3.2, flags 0x0
		        Label 3, flags 0x1
		      Fspec: avg rate=10 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=10 kbits
		Displayed 0 (of 1) heads, 1 (of 1) midpoints, 0 (of 1) tails
		Displayed 0 up, 0 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This sample output shows a tabular table for TE LSPs by using the tabular keyword:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels tabular
		
		Tunnel                LSP     Destination          Source     Tun     FRR    LSP
		Name                   ID         Address         Address   State   State   Role
		------------------ ------ --------------- --------------- ------- ------- ------
	 tunnel-mte100      1         2.2.2.2     60.60.60.60      up   Inact   Head
		     tunnel-mte300      1     60.60.60.60        2.2.2.2       up   Inact   Tail
		     tunnel-te1060      2        10.6.6.6        10.1.1.1      up   Inact   Head
		   PE6_C12406_t607      2        10.7.7.7        10.6.6.6      up   Inact    Mid
		   PE6_C12406_t608      2        10.8.8.8        10.6.6.6      up   Inact    Mid
		   PE6_C12406_t609      2        10.9.9.9        10.6.6.6      up   Inact    Mid
		   PE6_C12406_t610      2     10.10.10.10        10.6.6.6      up   Inact    Mid
		   PE6_C12406_t621      2     10.21.21.21        10.6.6.6      up   Inact    Mid
		   PE7_C12406_t706    835        10.6.6.6        10.7.7.7      up   Inact    Mid
		   PE7_C12406_t721    603     10.21.21.21        10.7.7.7      up   Inact    Mid
		    Tunnel_PE8-PE6   4062        10.6.6.6        10.8.8.8      up   Inact    Mid
		   Tunnel_PE8-PE21   6798     10.21.21.21        10.8.8.8      up   Inact    Mid
		    Tunnel_PE9-PE6   4062        10.6.6.6        10.9.9.9      up   Inact    Mid
		   Tunnel_PE9-PE21   6795     10.21.21.21        10.9.9.9      up   Inact    Mid
		   Tunnel_PE10-PE6   4091        10.6.6.6     10.10.10.10      up   Inact    Mid
		  Tunnel_PE10-PE21   6821     10.21.21.21     10.10.10.10      up   Inact    Mid
		 PE21_C12406_t2106      2        10.6.6.6     10.21.21.21      up   Ready    Mid
		 PE21_C12406_t2107      2        10.7.7.7     10.21.21.21      up   Inact    Mid
		 PE21_C12406_t2108      2        10.8.8.8     10.21.21.21      up   Inact    Mid
		 PE21_C12406_t2109      2        10.9.9.9     10.21.21.21      up   Inact    Mid
		 PE21_C12406_t2110      2     10.10.10.10     10.21.21.21      up   Inact    Mid
		  PE6_C12406_t6070      2        10.7.7.7        10.6.6.6      up   Inact    Mid
		  PE7_C12406_t7060    626        10.6.6.6        10.7.7.7      up   Inact    Mid
        tunnel-te1        1       200.0.0.3       200.0.0.1      up   Inact   Head InAct
       tunnel-te100       1       200.0.0.3       200.0.0.1      up   Ready   Head InAct
    OUNI POS0/1/0/1       2       100.0.0.1       200.0.0.1      up   Inact   Head InAct
    OUNI POS0/1/0/2       6       200.0.0.1       100.0.0.1      up   Inact   Tail InAct

This sample output shows a tabular table indicating automatic backup tunnels when using the tabular keyword:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels tabular

            Tunnel    LSP     Destination          Source             FRR    LSP  Path
              Name     ID         Address         Address   State   State   Role  Prot
------------------ ------ --------------- --------------- ------- ------- ------ -----
        tunnel-te0    549       200.0.0.3       200.0.0.1      up   Inact   Head InAct
        tunnel-te1    546       200.0.0.3       200.0.0.1      up   Inact   Head InAct
        tunnel-te2      6       200.0.0.3       200.0.0.1      up   Inact   Head InAct
      *tunnel-te50      6       200.0.0.3       200.0.0.1      up  Active   Head InAct
      *tunnel-te60      4       200.0.0.3       200.0.0.1      up  Active   Head InAct
      *tunnel-te70      4       200.0.0.3       200.0.0.1      up  Active   Head InAct
      *tunnel-te80      3       200.0.0.3       200.0.0.1      up  Active   Head InAct

* = automatically created backup tunnel

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 26. show mpls traffic-eng tunnels tabular Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Tunnel Name	MPLS-TE tunnel name.
LSP ID	LSP ID of the tunnel.
Destination Address	Destination address of the TE tunnel (identified in Tunnel Name).
Source Address	Source address for the filtered tunnels.
Tunnel State	State of the tunnel. Values are up, down, or admin-down.
FRR State	FRR state identifier.
LSP Role	Role identifier. Values are All, Head, or Tail.

This sample output shows the MPLS-TE tunnel information only for tunnels in which the automatic bandwidth is enabled using the auto-bw keyword:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw
		
		Signalling Summary:
		              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
		                     RSVP Process:  running
		                       Forwarding:  enabled
		          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 636 seconds
		           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 276 seconds
		          Auto-bw enabled tunnels:  1
		
		Name: tunnel-te1  Destination: 0.0.0.0
		  Status:
		    Admin:    up Oper: down   Path: not valid   Signalling: Down
		    G-PID: 0x0800 (internally specified)
		    Bandwidth Requested: 0 kbps  CT0
		
		  Config Parameters:
		    Bandwidth:        0 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
		    Metric Type: TE (default)
		    AutoRoute: disabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
		    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
		Auto-bw: (collect bw only)
		      Last BW Applied: 500 kbps (CT0)   BW Applications: 25
		      Last Application Trigger: Periodic Application
		      Bandwidth Min/Max: 10-10900 kbps
		      Application Frequency: 10 min (Cfg: 10 min)  Time Left: 5m 34s
		      Collection Frequency: 2 min
		      Samples Collected: 2   Highest BW: 450 kbps   Next: 1m 34s
		      Adjustment Threshold: 5%
		      Overflow Threshold: 15%   Limit: 1/4   Early BW Applications: 0
		    Direction: unidirectional
		    Endpoint switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		    Transit switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		    Fast Reroute: Disabled, Protection Desired: None
		
		  Reason for the tunnel being down: No destination is configured
		  History:
		Displayed 1 (of 1) heads, 0 (of 0) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails
		Displayed 0 up, 1 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 27. show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
collect bw only	Field is displayed only if the bandwidth collection is configured in the tunnel automatic bandwidth configuration.
Last BW Applied	Last bandwidth change that is requested by the automatic bandwidth for the tunnel. In addition, this field indicates which pool is used for the bandwidth.
BW Applications	Total number of bandwidth applications that is requested by the automatic bandwidth, which includes the applications triggered by an overflow condition.
Last Application Trigger	These last application options are displayed: Periodic Application Overflow Detected Manual Application
Bandwidth Min/Max	Bandwidth configured is either minimum or maximum.
Application Frequency	Configured application frequency. The Time Left field indicates the time left before the next application executes.
Collection Frequency	Globally configured collection frequency, which is the same value for all the tunnels.
Samples Collected	Number of samples that are collected during the current application period. This field is replaced by the Collection Disabled field if Collection Frequency is not currently configured.
Highest BW	Highest bandwidth that is collected for the application period.
Next	Time left before the next collection event.
Overflow Threshold	Overflow threshold that is configured. The Overflow field appears only if the overflow detection is configured in the tunnel automatic bandwidth configuration.
Limit	Consecutive overflow detected or configured limit.
Early BW Applications	Number of early bandwidth applications that are triggered by an overflow condition.

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command after the NNHOP SRLG preferred automatic backup tunnel is configured:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels 1

Signalling Summary:
              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
                     RSVP Process:  running
                       Forwarding:  enabled
          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 2524 seconds
           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 49 seconds
          Auto-bw enabled tunnels:  1

Name: tunnel-te1  Destination: 200.0.0.3 (auto backup)
  Status:
    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected

    path option 10,  type explicit (autob_nnhop_srlg_tunnel1) (Basis for Setup, path weight 11)
    path option 20,  type explicit (autob_nnhop_tunnel1)
    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
    Bandwidth Requested: 0 kbps  CT0
    Creation Time: Fri Jul 10 01:53:25.581 PST  (1h 25m 17s ago)

  Config Parameters:
    Bandwidth:        0 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
    Metric Type: TE (default)
    AutoRoute: disabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
    Forwarding-Adjacency: disabled

Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
    Auto-bw: disabled
    Fast Reroute: Disabled, Protection Desired: None
    Path Protection: Not Enabled
  Auto Backup:
     Protected LSPs: 4
     Protected S2L Sharing Families: 0
     Protected S2Ls: 0
     Protected i/f: Gi0/1/0/0     Protected node: 20.0.0.2
     Protection: NNHOP+SRLG
     Unused removal timeout: not running
  History:
    Tunnel has been up for: 00:00:08
    Current LSP:
      Uptime: 00:00:08
    Prior LSP:
      ID: path option 1 [545]
      Removal Trigger: configuration changed

  Path info (OSPF 0 area 0):
  Hop0: 10.0.0.2
  Hop1: 100.0.0.2
  Hop2: 100.0.0.3
  Hop3: 200.0.0.3

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 28. show mpls traffic-eng tunnels Command Field Descriptions

Field

Description

Auto Backup

Auto backup section header.

Creation Time

Time when the tunnel was created and for what period was the tunnel created.

Protected LSPs

Number of ready and active LSPs protected by this backup.

Protected S2L Sharing Familes

Number of ready and active sharing families protected by this backup.

Protected S2Ls

Number of ready and active primary tunnels protected by this backup.

Protected i/f

Protected node

Interface and NNHOP node protected by this backup.

Protection: NNHOP+SRLG

Type of protection provided by this backup.

Note

Protection can be different when a preferred SRLG is configured and an SRLG path is not found.

Example when backup is in use:

Unused removal timeout: not running

Example when backup is unused:

Unused removal timeout: 1h26m

Amount of time left before the unused removal timout expires. This timer only runs when the backup is in the unused state. After the timer expires, the automatic backup tunnel is removed.

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the detail keyword:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels 999 detail

Name: tunnel-te999  Destination: 1.1.1.1
  Status:
    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected

    path option 1,  type dynamic  (Basis for Setup, path weight 2)
      Path-option attribute: po
        Number of affinity constraints: 2
           Include bit map       : 0x4
           Include name          : blue
           Exclude bit map       : 0x2
           Exclude name          : red

        Bandwidth: 300 (CT0)
    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
    Bandwidth Requested: 300 kbps  CT0
    Creation Time: Tue Aug 14 23:35:58 2012 (00:00:42 ago)
  Config Parameters:
    Bandwidth:      100 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
    Metric Type: TE (default)
    Hop-limit: disabled
    AutoRoute: disabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
    Forwarding-Adjacency: disabled
    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
    Auto-bw: disabled
    Fast Reroute: Enabled, Protection Desired: Any
    Path Protection: Not Enabled
    Soft Preemption: Disabled
  SNMP Index: 42
  History:
    Tunnel has been up for: 00:00:30 (since Tue Aug 14 23:36:10 EST 2012)
    Current LSP:
      Uptime: 00:00:30 (since Tue Aug 14 23:36:10 EST 2012)
  Current LSP Info:
    Instance: 2, Signaling Area: OSPF 100 area 16909060
    Uptime: 00:00:30 (since Tue Aug 14 23:36:10 EST 2012)
    Outgoing Interface: GigabitEthernet0/2/0/2, Outgoing Label: 16005
    Router-IDs: local      3.3.3.3
                downstream 2.2.2.2
    Soft Preemption: None
    Path Info:
      Outgoing:
        Explicit Route:
          Strict, 23.9.0.2
          Strict, 12.9.0.2
          Strict, 12.9.0.1
          Strict, 1.1.1.1

      Record Route: Disabled
      Tspec: avg rate=300 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=300 kbits
      Session Attributes: Local Prot: Set, Node Prot: Not Set, BW Prot: Not Set
                          Soft Preemption Desired: Not Set
    Resv Info:
      Record Route:
        IPv4 2.2.2.2, flags 0x20
        Label 16005, flags 0x1
        IPv4 23.9.0.2, flags 0x0
        Label 16005, flags 0x1
        IPv4 1.1.1.1, flags 0x20
        Label 3, flags 0x1
        IPv4 12.9.0.1, flags 0x0
        Label 3, flags 0x1
      Fspec: avg rate=300 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=300 kbits Displayed 1 (of 8) heads, 0 (of 3) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails Displayed 1 up, 0 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the auto-tunnel backup keywords:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-tunnel backup

AutoTunnel Backup Configuration: 
  Interfaces count: 30
  Unused removal timeout: 2h
  Configured tunnel number range: 0-100
AutoTunnel Backup Summary:
         50 created, 50 up, 0 down, 8 unused
         25 NHOP, 25 NNHOP, 10 SRLG strict, 10 SRLG pref
Protected LSPs: 
         10 NHOP, 20 NHOP+SRLG
         15 NNHOP, 5 NNHOP+SRLG
Protected S2L Sharing Families: 
         10 NHOP, 20 NHOP+SRLG
         15 NNHOP, 5 NNHOP+SRLG
Protected S2Ls: 
         10 NHOP, 20 NHOP+SRLG
         15 NNHOP, 5 NNHOP+SRLG 

Cumulative Counters (last cleared 1h ago):
                   Total     NHOP   NNHOP
 Created:            550      300     250
 Connected:          500      250     250
 Removed (down):       0        0       0
 Removed (unused):   200      100     100
 Removed (in use):     0        0       0
 Range exceeded:       0        0       0

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 29. show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-tunnel backup Command Field Descriptions

Field

Description

AutoTunnel Backup Configuration

Header for the automatic tunnel backup configuration.

Interfaces count

Number of interfaces that have automatic tunnel backup enabled.

Unused removal timeout

Configured value and time left before expiration of the unused removal timeout attribute.

Configured tunnel number range

Configured tunnel number range.

AutoTunnel Backup Summary

Header for the automatic tunnel backup summary information.

50 created

Number of automatic backup tunnels created.

50 up

Number of automatic backup tunnels in the up state.

0 down

Number of automatic backup tunnels in the down state.

8 unused

Number of automatic backup tunnels in the unused state.

25 NHOP

Number of automatic backup tunnels created for NHOP protection.

25 NNHOP

Number of automatic backup tunnels created for NNHOP protection.

10 SRLG strict

Number of automatic backup tunnels created with the SRLG preferred attribute.

10 SRLG pref

Number of automatic backup tunnels created with the SRLG preferred attribute.

Protected LSPs

Protected S2L Sharing Families

Protected S2Ls

Headings for summary information showing current status of LSPs, S2L Sharing Families, and S2Ls that are protected by the automatic tunnel backups. Numbers include primary tunnels in FRR ready and active state.

10 NHOP

Number of automatic backup tunnels that are link protected.

20 NHOP+SRLG

Number of automatic backup tunnels that are link protected and using an SRLG diverse backup path.

15 NNHOP

Number of automatic backup tunnels that are node protected.

20 NNHOP+SRLG

Number of automatic backup tunnels that are node protected and use an SRLG diverse backup path.

Cumulative Counters (last cleared 1h ago):

Cumulative counters for automatic backup tunnels.

Headers: Total, NHOP, NNHOP

Total number of counters and breakdown of NHOP and NNHOP counters.

Created:

Cumulative number of created automatic backup tunnels since the last counter was cleared.

Connected:

Cumulative number of the connected automatic backup tunnels since the last counter was cleared.

Note

Counter increments only the first time that a tunnel connects.

Removed (down/unused/in use)

Number of automatic backup tunnels that are removed based on state.

Range exceeded

Number of automatic backup tunnels attempted and later rejected when the total number exceeds the configured range.

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels name tunnel-te1 detail command, which displays the soft preemption information for the tunnel-te1 tunnel:



RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels name tunnel-te1 detail
Name: tunnel-te1  Destination: 192.168.0.4
  Status:
    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected

    path option 1,  type explicit ABC1 (Basis for Setup, path weight 2)
    Last PCALC Error [Reopt]: Thu Oct 13 16:40:24 2011
      Info: Can't reach 10.10.10.2 on 192.168.0.2, from node 192.168.0.1 (bw)
    Last Signalled Error: Thu Oct 13 16:38:53 2011
      Info: [2] PathErr(34,1)-(reroute, flow soft-preempted) at 10.10.10.1
    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
    Bandwidth Requested: 30000 kbps  CT0
    Creation Time: Thu Oct 13 15:46:45 2011 (00:53:44 ago)
  Config Parameters:
    Bandwidth:    30000 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
    Metric Type: TE (default)
    Hop-limit: disabled
    AutoRoute:  enabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
    Forwarding-Adjacency: disabled
    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
    Auto-bw: disabled
    Fast Reroute: Enabled, Protection Desired: Any
    Path Protection: Not Enabled
    Soft Preemption: Enabled
  Soft Preemption:
    Current Status: Preemption pending
    Last Soft Preemption: Thu Oct 13 16:38:53 2011 (00:01:36 ago)
      Addresses of preempting links:
        10.10.10.1: Thu Oct 13 16:38:53 2011 (00:01:36 ago)
      Duration in preemption pending: 96 seconds
      Preemption Resolution: Pending
    Stats:
      Number of preemption pending events: 1
      Min duration in preemption pending: 0 seconds
      Max duration in preemption pending: 0 seconds
      Average duration in preemption pending: 0 seconds
      Resolution Counters: 0 reopt complete, 0 torn down
                           0 path protection switchover
 SNMP Index: 9
  History:
    Tunnel has been up for: 00:52:46 (since Thu Oct 13 15:47:43 EDT 2011)
    Current LSP:
      Uptime: 00:52:46 (since Thu Oct 13 15:47:43 EDT 2011)
    Reopt. LSP:
      Last Failure:
        LSP not signalled, has no S2Ls
        Date/Time: Thu Oct 13 16:40:24 EDT 2011 [00:00:05 ago]
    Prior LSP:
      ID: path option 1 [2]
      Removal Trigger: path error
  Current LSP Info:
    Instance: 2, Signaling Area: OSPF ring area 0
    Uptime: 00:52:46 (since Thu Oct 13 15:47:43 EDT 2011)
    Outgoing Interface: GigabitEthernet0/0/0/0, Outgoing Label: 16002
    Router-IDs: local      192.168.0.1
                downstream 192.168.0.2
    Soft Preemption: Pending
      Preemption Link: GigabitEthernet0/0/0/0; Address: 10.10.10.1
      Preempted at: Thu Oct 13 16:38:53 2011 (00:01:36 ago)
      Time left before hard preemption: 204 seconds
    Path Info:
      Outgoing:
      Explicit Route:
        Strict, 10.10.10.2
        Strict, 14.14.14.2
        Strict, 14.14.14.4
        Strict, 192.168.0.4
      Record Route: Empty
      Tspec: avg rate=30000 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=30000 kbits
      Session Attributes: Local Prot: Set, Node Prot: Not Set, BW Prot: Not Set
                          Soft Preemption Desired: Set
    Resv Info:
      Record Route:
        IPv4 192.168.0.2, flags 0x20
        Label 16002, flags 0x1
        IPv4 10.10.10.2, flags 0x0
        Label 16002, flags 0x1
        IPv4 192.168.0.4, flags 0x20
        Label 3, flags 0x1
        IPv4 14.14.14.4, flags 0x0
        Label 3, flags 0x1
      Fspec: avg rate=30000 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=30000 kbits
Displayed 1 (of 4) heads, 0 (of 0) midpoints, 0 (of 2) tails
Displayed 1 up, 0 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command with the mesh keyword:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-tunnel
Signalling Summary:
              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
                     RSVP Process:  running
                       Forwarding:  enabled
          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 3098 seconds
           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 238 seconds
          Auto-bw enabled tunnels:  1000

Name: tunnel-te9000  Destination: 20.20.20.20 (auto-tunnel mesh)
  Status:
    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected
    path option 10,  type dynamic (Basis for Setup, path weight 11)
    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
    Bandwidth Requested: 0 kbps  CT0
    Creation Time: Thu Jan 14 09:09:31 2010 (01:41:20 ago)
  Config Parameters:
    Bandwidth:        0 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
    Metric Type: TE (default)
    AutoRoute: disabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
    Forwarding-Adjacency: disabled
    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
    Auto-bw: disabled
    Fast Reroute: Disabled, Protection Desired: None
    Path Protection: Not Enabled
    Attribute-set: TA-NAME (type auto-mesh)
Auto-tunnel Mesh:
  Group 40: Destination-list dl-40
    Unused removal timeout: not running
  History:
    Tunnel has been up for: 01:40:53 (since Thu Jan 14 09:09:58 EST 2010)
    Current LSP:
      Uptime: 01:41:00 (since Thu Jan 14 09:09:51 EST 2010)
    Reopt. LSP:
      Last Failure:
        LSP not signalled, identical to the [CURRENT] LSP
        Date/Time: Thu Jan 14 09:42:30 EST 2010 [01:08:21 ago]

  Path info (OSPF 100 area 0):
  Hop0: 7.0.15.1
  Hop1: 20.20.20.20

This shows an auto-tunnel mesh summary sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the summary keyword:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels summary
Thu Jan 14 10:46:34.677 EST

              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
                     RSVP Process:  running
                       Forwarding:  enabled
          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 3354 seconds
           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 193 seconds
      Periodic auto-bw collection:  1000

Signalling Summary:
    Head: 2000 interfaces, 2000 active signalling attempts, 2000 established
          2000 explicit, 0 dynamic
          9250 activations, 7250 deactivations
          0 recovering, 2000 recovered
    Mids: 0
    Tails: 0

Fast ReRoute Summary:
    Head:     1000 FRR tunnels, 1000 protected, 0 rerouted
    Mid:      0 FRR tunnels, 0 protected, 0 rerouted
    Summary:  1000 protected, 500 link protected, 500 node protected, 0 bw protected

P2MP Summary:
    Tunnel Head:         250 total, 250 connected
    Destination Head:    500 total, 500 connected
    S2L Head: 500 established, 0 proceeding
    S2L Mid:  0 established, 0 proceeding
    S2L Tail: 0 established

P2MP Fast ReRoute Summary:
    Tunnel Head: 250 FRR enabled
    S2L Head: 500 FRR, 500 protected, 0 rerouted
    S2L Mid:  0 FRR, 0 protected, 0 rerouted
    Summary:  500 protected, 500 link protected, 0 node protected, 0 bw protected

<snip>

Auto-tunnel Mesh Summary:
  Auto-mesh Tunnels:
      50 created, 50 up, 0 down, 25 FRR, 20 FRR enabled
Mesh Groups:
    4 groups, 50 destinations

This shows an auto-tunnel mesh summary sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the auto-mesh keyword:



RP/0/RP0/CPU0:routershow mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-tunnel
Signalling Summary:
              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
                     RSVP Process:  running
                       Forwarding:  enabled
          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 3098 seconds
           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 238 seconds
          Auto-bw enabled tunnels:  1000

Name: tunnel-te9000  Destination: 20.20.20.20 (auto-tunnel mesh)  
  Status:
    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected
    path option 10,  type dynamic (Basis for Setup, path weight 11)
    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
    Bandwidth Requested: 0 kbps  CT0
    Creation Time: Thu Jan 14 09:09:31 2010 (01:41:20 ago)
  Config Parameters:
    Bandwidth:        0 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
    Metric Type: TE (default)
    AutoRoute: disabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
    Forwarding-Adjacency: disabled
    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
    Auto-bw: disabled
    Fast Reroute: Disabled, Protection Desired: None
    Path Protection: Not Enabled
    Attribute-set: TA-NAME (type auto-mesh)  
Auto-tunnel Mesh:
  Group 40: Destination-list dl-40
    Unused removal timeout: not running
  History:
    Tunnel has been up for: 01:40:53 (since Thu Jan 14 09:09:58 EST 2010)
    Current LSP:
      Uptime: 01:41:00 (since Thu Jan 14 09:09:51 EST 2010)
    Reopt. LSP:
      Last Failure:
        LSP not signalled, identical to the [CURRENT] LSP
        Date/Time: Thu Jan 14 09:42:30 EST 2010 [01:08:21 ago]

  Path info (OSPF 100 area 0):
  Hop0: 7.0.15.1
  Hop1: 20.20.20.20

This example shows the details about the tunnel that is using auto-backup type of attribute-set.

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels attribute-set auto-backup ab 

Name: tunnel-te3000  Destination: 1.1.1.1 (auto-tunnel backup)
  Status:
    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected

    path option 20,  type explicit (autob_nhop_te3000) (Basis for Setup, path weight 2)
    path option 10,  type explicit (autob_nhop_srlg_te3000) [disabled]
    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
    Bandwidth Requested: 0 kbps  CT0
    Creation Time: Tue Aug 14 23:24:27 2012 (00:05:28 ago)
  Config Parameters:
    Bandwidth:        0 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7
    Number of affinity constraints: 2
       Include bit map       : 0x4
       Include name          : blue
       Exclude bit map       : 0x2
       Exclude name          : red

    Metric Type: TE (default)
    Hop-limit: disabled
    AutoRoute: disabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: 1
    Forwarding-Adjacency: disabled
    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
    Auto-bw: disabled
    Fast Reroute: Disabled, Protection Desired: None
    Path Protection: Not Enabled
    Soft Preemption: Disabled
  Auto Backup:
    Protected LSPs: 2
    Protected S2L Sharing Families: 0
    Protected S2L: 0
    Protected i/f: PO0/3/0/1
    Attribute-set: ab
    Protection: NHOP
    Unused removal timeout: not running
  History:
    Tunnel has been up for: 00:04:57 (since Tue Aug 14 23:24:58 EST 2012)
    Current LSP:
      Uptime: 00:04:57 (since Tue Aug 14 23:24:58 EST 2012)

  Path info (OSPF 100 area 16909060):
  Node hop count: 2
  Hop0: 23.9.0.2
  Hop1: 12.9.0.2
  Hop2: 12.9.0.1
  Hop3: 1.1.1.1
Displayed 1 (of 7) heads, 0 (of 3) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails Displayed 1 up, 0 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This example shows the protected interface for auto-backup auto-tunnels.

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels backup protected-interface 

Interface: Gi0/2/0/1 (auto-tunnel backup)
  SRLG: N/A, NHOP-only: No
  Attribute-set: Not configured
  Auto-tunnel backup recreate time remaining:  timer not running
    No backup tunnel found

Interface: Gi0/2/0/3
     tunnel-te340   PROTECTED : out i/f:   PO0/3/0/2   Admin:   up  Oper:   up

Interface: PO0/3/0/1 (auto-tunnel backup)
  SRLG: N/A, NHOP-only: No
  Attribute-set: ab
  Auto-tunnel backup recreate time remaining:  timer not running
    *tunnel-te3000        NHOP : out i/f:   Gi0/2/0/2   Admin:   up  Oper:   up

 * = automatically created backup tunnel

This example shows the details about all the tunnels that are using auto-mesh type of attribute-set.

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels attribute-set auto-mesh all 

Name: tunnel-te3501  Destination: 1.1.1.1 (auto-tunnel mesh)
  Status:
    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected

    path option 10,  type dynamic  (Basis for Setup, path weight 2)
    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
    Bandwidth Requested: 100 kbps  CT0
    Creation Time: Tue Aug 14 23:25:41 2012 (00:06:13 ago)
  Config Parameters:
    Bandwidth:      100 kbps (CT0) Priority:  2  2
    Number of affinity constraints: 2
       Include bit map       : 0x8
       Include name          : yellow
       Exclude bit map       : 0x2
       Exclude name          : red

    Metric Type: TE (default)
    Hop-limit: disabled
    AutoRoute: disabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
    Forwarding-Adjacency: disabled
    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
    Auto-bw: disabled
    Fast Reroute: Enabled, Protection Desired: Node, Bandwidth
    Path Protection: Not Enabled
    Attribute-set: am (type auto-mesh)
    Soft Preemption: Disabled
  Auto-tunnel Mesh:
    Group ID: 1
    Destination list: blah
    Unused removal timeout: not running
  History:
    Tunnel has been up for: 00:06:13 (since Tue Aug 14 23:25:41 EST 2012)
    Current LSP:
      Uptime: 00:06:13 (since Tue Aug 14 23:25:41 EST 2012)

  Path info (OSPF 100 area 16909060):
  Node hop count: 2
  Hop0: 23.9.0.2
  Hop1: 12.9.0.2
  Hop2: 12.9.0.1
  Hop3: 1.1.1.1

Name: tunnel-te3502  Destination: 2.2.2.2 (auto-tunnel mesh)
  Status:
    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected

    path option 10,  type dynamic  (Basis for Setup, path weight 1)
    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
    Bandwidth Requested: 100 kbps  CT0
    Creation Time: Tue Aug 14 23:25:41 2012 (00:06:13 ago)
  Config Parameters:
    Bandwidth:      100 kbps (CT0) Priority:  2  2
    Number of affinity constraints: 2
       Include bit map       : 0x8
       Include name          : yellow
       Exclude bit map       : 0x2
       Exclude name          : red

    Metric Type: TE (default)
    Hop-limit: disabled
    AutoRoute: disabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
    Forwarding-Adjacency: disabled
    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
    Auto-bw: disabled
    Fast Reroute: Enabled, Protection Desired: Node, Bandwidth
    Path Protection: Not Enabled
    Attribute-set: am (type auto-mesh)
    Soft Preemption: Disabled
  Auto-tunnel Mesh:
    Group ID: 1
    Destination list: blah
    Unused removal timeout: not running
  History:
    Tunnel has been up for: 00:06:13 (since Tue Aug 14 23:25:41 EST 2012)
    Current LSP:
      Uptime: 00:06:13 (since Tue Aug 14 23:25:41 EST 2012)

  Path info (OSPF 100 area 16909060):
  Node hop count: 1
  Hop0: 23.9.0.2
  Hop1: 2.2.2.2

Name: tunnel-te3503  Destination: 4.4.4.4 (auto-tunnel mesh)
  Status:
    Admin:    up Oper: down   Path: not valid   Signalling: Down

    path option 10,  type dynamic
    Last PCALC Error: Tue Aug 14 23:31:26 2012
      Info: No path to destination, 4.4.4.4 (affinity)
    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
    Bandwidth Requested: 100 kbps  CT0
    Creation Time: Tue Aug 14 23:25:41 2012 (00:06:13 ago)
  Config Parameters:
    Bandwidth:      100 kbps (CT0) Priority:  2  2
    Number of affinity constraints: 2
       Include bit map       : 0x8
       Include name          : yellow
       Exclude bit map       : 0x2
       Exclude name          : red

    Metric Type: TE (default)
    Hop-limit: disabled
    AutoRoute: disabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
    Forwarding-Adjacency: disabled
    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
    Auto-bw: disabled
    Fast Reroute: Enabled, Protection Desired: Node, Bandwidth
    Path Protection: Not Enabled
    Attribute-set: am (type auto-mesh)
    Soft Preemption: Disabled
  Auto-tunnel Mesh:
    Group ID: 1
    Destination list: blah
    Unused removal timeout: not running
Displayed 3 (of 7) heads, 0 (of 3) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails Displayed 2 up, 1 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This example shows the P2MP-TE head end inter-area related configuration details.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels p2mp detail

Name: tunnel-mte1
   Status:
     Admin: up  Oper: up (Up for 2d22h)

     Config Parameters:
      Bandwidth: 10 kbps (CT0) Priority: 7 7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
      Metric Type: TE (default)
      Fast Reroute: Not Enabled, Protection Desired: None
      Record Route: Not Enabled

      Destination summary: (2 up, 0 down, 0 disabled) Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
      Auto-bw: disabled
       Destination: 192.168.0.5
        State: Up for 03:00:27
        Path options:
          path-option 1 explicit name ABCE1    [active]
          Last Signalled Error: Wed Feb 22 00:12:28 2012
            Info: [10990] PathErr(25,13)-(notify, preferred tree exists) at 11.11.11.3
        Reoptimization Info in Inter-area:
          Better Path Queries sent = 14; Preferred Tree Exists received = 2
          Last Better Path Query was sent 00:00:35 ago
          Last Preferred Tree exists was received 00:08:35 ago from 11.11.11.3
							Destination: 192.168.0.8
        State: Up for 03:00:27
        Path options:
          path-option 1 explicit name ABCE1    [active]
          Last Signalled Error: Wed Feb 22 00:12:28 2012
            Info: [10990] PathErr(25,13)-(notify, preferred loose tree exists) at 11.11.11.3
        Reoptimization Info in Inter-area:
          Better Path Queries sent = 14; Preferred Tree Exists received = 2
          Last Better Path Query was sent 00:00:35 ago
          Last Preferred Tree exists was received 00:08:35 ago from 11.11.11.3
 
							History:
       Reopt. LSP:
         Last Failure:
           LSP not signalled, identical to the [CURRENT] LSP
           Date/Time: Thu Feb 16 14:53:19 EST 2012 [00:57:25 ago]

   			 Current LSP:
     		 lsp-id: 10992 p2mp-id: 1 tun-id: 1 src: 192.168.0.1 extid: 192.168.0.1
     		 LSP up for: 00:08:35 (since Wed Feb 22 00:12:28 EST 2012)
     		 Reopt Trigger: Received Preferred Tree Exists Msg, Reopt Reason: inter-area preferred tree exists
...

This example shows the P2MP-TE midpoint inter-area related configuration details.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels p2mp detail

LSP Tunnel 192.168.0.1 1 [10013] is signalled, connection is up
  Tunnel Name: rtrA_mt1 Tunnel Role: Mid
  InLabel: GigabitEthernet0/0/0/1, 16000
  OutLabel: GigabitEthernet0/0/0/3, 16000
  Signalling Info:
    Src 192.168.0.1 Dst 192.168.0.5, Tun ID 1, Tun Inst 10013, Ext ID 192.168.0.1
    Router-IDs: upstream   192.168.0.2
                local      192.168.0.3
                downstream 192.168.0.5
    Bandwidth: 10 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 DSTE-class: 0
    Soft Preemption: None
    Path Info:
      Incoming Address: 11.11.11.3
      Incoming:
      Explicit Route:
        Strict, 11.11.11.3
        Strict, 192.168.0.3
      ERO Expansion Info: 
      OSPF ring area 0, Metric 8(TE), Affinity 0x0, Mask 0xffff, Queries 8
      Last Better Path Query was received 00:00:35 ago
      Last Preferred Tree Exists was send 00:08:35 ago
						Outgoing:
      Explicit Route:
        Strict, 13.13.13.5
        Strict, 192.168.0.5
      Record Route: Disabled
      Tspec: avg rate=10 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=10 kbits
      Session Attributes: Local Prot: Not Set, Node Prot: Not Set, BW Prot: Not Set
                          Soft Preemption Desired: Not Set
   		 Resv Info: None
      Record Route: Disabled
      Fspec: avg rate=10 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=10 kbits
  				TE LSP Info:
   		 Path-in       : Feb 13 19:26:08.950 (start)
  		  Path-out      : Feb 13 19:26:08.951 (1ms, 1ms)
   		 Resv-in       : Feb 13 19:26:08.961 (11ms, 10ms)
   		 Label rewrite : Not set (0ms, 0ms)
   		 Resv-out      : Feb 13 19:26:08.963 (13ms, 1ms)
		Displayed 0 (of 2) heads, 1 (of 2) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails
		Displayed 0 up, 0 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This example includes output for Generalized Multiprotocol Label Switching (GMPLS) User-Network Interface (UNI) configuration for the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the summary keyword:



RP/0/RP0/CPU0:routershow mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-tunnel
Thu Jan 14 10:46:34.677 EST

              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
                     RSVP Process:  running
                       Forwarding:  enabled
          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 3354 seconds
           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 193 seconds
      Periodic auto-bw collection:  1000

Signalling Summary:
    Head: 2000 interfaces, 2000 active signalling attempts, 2000 established
          2000 explicit, 0 dynamic
          9250 activations, 7250 deactivations
          0 recovering, 2000 recovered
    Mids: 0
    Tails: 0

Fast ReRoute Summary:
    Head:     1000 FRR tunnels, 1000 protected, 0 rerouted
    Mid:      0 FRR tunnels, 0 protected, 0 rerouted
    Summary:  1000 protected, 500 link protected, 500 node protected, 0 bw protected

P2MP Summary:
    Tunnel Head:         250 total, 250 connected
    Destination Head:    500 total, 500 connected
    S2L Head: 500 established, 0 proceeding
    S2L Mid:  0 established, 0 proceeding
    S2L Tail: 0 established

P2MP Fast ReRoute Summary:
    Tunnel Head: 250 FRR enabled
    S2L Head: 500 FRR, 500 protected, 0 rerouted
    S2L Mid:  0 FRR, 0 protected, 0 rerouted
    Summary:  500 protected, 500 link protected, 0 node protected, 0 bw protected

<snip>
GMPLS UNI Summary:
    Heads: 23 up, 4 down
    Tails: 13 up, 2 down

This sample output includes stateful PCE client (PCC) auto-tunnel information:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-tunnel pcc
Name: tunnel-te1  Destination: 3.3.3.3
  Status:
    Admin:    up Oper: down   Path: not valid   Signalling: Down

    path option 1,  type dynamic pce
    Last PCALC Error: Tue Feb 19 16:40:43 2013
      Info: PCE not available to compute path
    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
    Bandwidth Requested: 0 kbps  CT0
    Creation Time: Tue Feb 19 16:39:03 2013 (00:01:49 ago)
  Config Parameters:
    Bandwidth:        0 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
    Metric Type: TE (default)
    Hop-limit: disabled
    AutoRoute: disabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
    Forward class: 0 (default)
    Forwarding-Adjacency: disabled
    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
    Auto-bw: disabled
    Fast Reroute: Disabled, Protection Desired: None
    Path Protection: Not Enabled
    BFD Fast Detection: Disabled
    Soft Preemption: Disabled
Auto-tunnel PCC:
  Symbolic name: <symbolic-name>
  Session internal ID: 1
  Created by: node-id <Node-ID> ip <IPv4> 
  Delegated to: none | node-id <Node-ID> ip <IPv4>

Displayed 1 (of 1) heads, 0 (of 0) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails Displayed 0 up, 1 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This sample output displays the Signalled-Name information:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls traffic-eng tunnels
Name: tunnel-te1  Destination: 192.168.0.4
Signalled-Name: rtrA_t1 
  Status:
    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected
.
.
.

This sample output displays the cost-limit configuration information:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls traffic-eng tunnels detail 
Name: tunnel-te1    
  Signalled-Name: ios_t1
  Status:
    Admin:    up Oper: down   Path: not valid   Signalling: Down
    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
    Bandwidth Requested: 0 kbps  CT0
    Creation Time: Tue Apr 15 13:00:29 2014 (5d06h ago)
  Config Parameters:
    Bandwidth:        0 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
    Metric Type: TE (default)
    Hop-limit: disabled
    Cost-limit: 2
    AutoRoute: disabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
    Forward class: 0 (default)
    Forwarding-Adjacency: disabled
    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
    Auto-bw: disabled
    Fast Reroute: Disabled, Protection Desired: None
    Path Protection: Not Enabled
    BFD Fast Detection: Disabled
    Reoptimization after affinity failure: Enabled
    Soft Preemption: Disabled
  Reason for the tunnel being down: No destination is configured
  SNMP Index: 10
Displayed 1 (of 1) heads, 0 (of 0) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails
Displayed 0 up, 1 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This sample output displays the 'Traffic switched to FRR backup tunnel' message, when the FRR backup is activated as part of soft-preemption:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls traffic-eng tunnels detail
.
.
.
Soft Preemption: Pending
      Preemption Link: GigabitEthernet0/0/0/1; Address: 14.14.14.2
      Traffic switched to FRR backup tunnel-te 1000 
      Preempted at: Thu Apr 25 12:56:14 2013 (00:00:03 ago)
      Time left before hard preemption: 96 seconds
.
.
.

Related Commands


Command	Description
auto-tunnel backup (MPLS-TE)	Builds automatic NHOP and NNHOP backup tunnels.
backup-bw	Specifies the bandwidth type that LSPs can use for a backup tunnel, whether the backup tunnel should provide bandwidth protection, and if yes, how much and in which bandwidth pool.
srlg	Configures an SRLG membership for a link on a given interface.
soft-preemption	Enables soft-preemption on a head-end for the MPLS TE tunnel.

show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw brief

To display the list of automatic bandwidth enabled tunnels, and to indicate if the current signaled bandwidth of the tunnel is identical to the bandwidth that is applied by the automatic bandwidth, use the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw brief command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw brief

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Use the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw brief command to determine if the automatic bandwidth application has been applied on a specified tunnel. If a single tunnel is specified, only the information for that tunnel is displayed.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following sample output shows the list of automatic bandwidth enabled tunnels:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw brief
  
  Tunnel    LSP  Last appl  Requested  Signalled    Highest    Application
  Name       ID   BW(kbps)   BW(kbps)   BW(kbps)   BW(kbps)      Time Left
  -------------- ------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------------
  tunnel-te0      1           10          10         50      2h 5m
  tunnel-te1      5          500         300        420     1h 10m

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 30. show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw brief Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Tunnel Name	Name for the tunnel.
LSP ID	ID of the Label Switched Path that is used by the tunnel.
Last appl BW (kbps)	Last bandwidth applied (for example, requested) by the automatic-bandwidth feature for the tunnel.
Requested BW (kbps)	Bandwidth that is requested for the tunnel.
Signalled BW (kbps)	Bandwidth that is actually signalled for the tunnel.
Highest BW (kbps)	Highest bandwidth measured since the last start of the application interval.
Application Time Left	Time left until the application period ends for this tunnel.

Related Commands


Command	Description
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

show mpls traffic-eng tunnels bidirectional-associated

To display information about bidirectional associated LSP for an MPLS-TE tunnel, use the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels bidirectional-associated command in the MPLS tunnel-te interface.

Syntax Description


affinity	(Optional) Display the attribute values that are required for links carrying this tunnel. A 32-bit decimal number. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF, representing 32 attributes (bits), where the value of an attribute is 0 or 1.
associated-lsp	(Optional) Show tunnels with associated reverse LSPs.
association id `value` source-address `IP address` global-id `value`	(Optional) Show tunnels with the specified association information.
bfd-down	(Optional) Show tunnels with BFD session down.
brief	(Optional) Display a brief form of the output of the tunnel status and configuration.
class-type	(Optional) Display tunnels that are signaled in this class type.
co-routed	(Optional) Show co-routed tunnels.
concise	(Optional) Show concise information.
destination	(Optional) Restrict display to tunnels with this destination.
detail	(Optional) Include extra detail of the tunnel status and configuration.
down	(Optional) Restrict display to tunnels in down state.
hold-priority	(Optional) Display tunnels that are signaled using this hold-priority.
interface	(Optional) Restrict display to tunnels using a specified interface.
non-associated-lsp	(Optional) Show tunnels with no associated reverse LSPs.
non-co-routed	(Optional) Show non-co-routed tunnels.
path-option	(Optional) Restrict display to tunnels with specified path-option.
property	(Optional) Restrict display to tunnels with specified property.
reoptimized	(Optional) Restrict display to tunnels that have been re-optimized.
role	(Optional) Restrict display to tunnels with specified role.
setup-priority	(Optional) Tunnels that are signaled using this setup priority.
signame	(Optional) Tabular summary of tunnel status and configuration showing signaled name.
soft-preemption	(Optional) Show tunnels with soft-preemption enabled.
source	(Optional) Restrict display to tunnels with this source.
standby	(Optional) Standby node specific information.
static	(Optional) Show only static (not auto) head-end tunnels.
suboptimal	(Optional) Restrict display to tunnels using a sub-optimal path.
sync-pending	(Optional) Display tunnels that are in sync-pending state.
tabular	(Optional) Display tabular summary of tunnel status and configuration
up	(Optional) Restrict display to tunnels whose status is UP.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read

show mpls traffic-eng link-management soft-preemption

To display information about soft-preemption activity on a MPLS TE link, use the show mpls traffic-eng link-management soft-preemption command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management soft-preemption [ interface type interface-path-id ]

Syntax Description

interface

Displays information on the specified interface.

type

Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or a virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.2.0	This command was introduced .

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management soft-preemption command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link-management soft-preemption interface POS0/1/0/1

Name: POS0/1/0/1; IPv4 Address: 1.2.3.10
Total Soft Preempted Bandwidth (BC0/BC1) kbps: 1500/1000
Currently Soft Preempted Bandwidth (BC0/BC1) kbps: 1200/800
Released Soft Preempted Bandwidth (BC0/BC1) kbps: 300/200
Currently Over-subscribed Bandwidth (BC0/BC1) kbps: 1000/600
Currently Soft Preempted Tunnels: 5 tunnels
 TunID  LSPID          Source     Destination   Pri         BW   Class  Time
                                                S/H       Kbps    Type   out
------ ------ --------------- --------------- ----- ---------- -------- ----
    50     10        4.4.4.40        1.1.1.10   2/2        400      BC0  100
    51     11        4.4.4.40        1.1.1.10   2/2        600      BC0  100
    52     12        4.4.4.40        1.1.1.10   3/3        200      BC0   80
    53     11        4.4.4.40        1.1.1.10   3/3        500      BC1   90
    54     12        4.4.4.40        1.1.1.10   4/4        300      BC1   90

show srlg

To show the SRLG interface and configuration information, use the show srlg command in EXEC mode.

show srlg [ interface type interface-path-id ] [ location { node-id | all | mgmt-nodes } ] [ value value-number ] [ trace { file filename original | hexdump | last entries | reverse | stats | tailf | unique | verbose | wrapping } ]

Syntax Description

interface type

(Optional) Displays information on the specific interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

location

(Optional) Specifies a node.

node-id

Node ID. The node-id argument is entered in the rack/slot/module notation.

all

Specifies all locations.

mgmt-nodes

Specifies all management nodes.

value value-number

(Optional) Displays SRLG value numbers.

trace

(Optional) Displays trace information for SRLG.

file filename

(Optional) Displays trace information for a specific file name.

original

Displays the original location of the file.

hexdump

(Optional) Displays traces in hexadecimal format.

last

(Optional) Displays trace information for a specific number of entries.

entries

Number of entries. Replace entries with the number of entries you want to display. For example, if you enter 5, the display shows the last 5 entries in the trace data. Range is 1 to 4294967295.

reverse

(Optional) Displays the latest traces first.

stats

(Optional) Displays the statistics in the command output.

tailf

(Optional) Displays the new traces as they are added in the command output.

unique

(Optional) Displays the unique entries with counts in the command output.

verbose

(Optional) Displays the information for internal debugging in the command output.

wrapping

(Optional) Displays the wrapping entries in the command output.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.0.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
ip-services	read

Examples

The following sample output is from the show srlg value command.

    

     System Information::
     Interface Count   : 2 (Maximum Interfaces Supported 250)

    Interface 		: POS0/1/0/0, Value Count : 2
    SRLG Values	: 10,20

    Interface 		: POS0/1/0/1, Value Count : 2
    SRLG Values	: 10,30
 
    Interface 		: POS0/1/0/2, Value Count : 2
    SRLG Values	: 10,40

    Interface		: POS0/2/0/0, Value Count : 1
    SRLG Values	: 100

Related Commands


Command	Description
interface (MPLS-TE)	Enables MPLS-TE on an interface and enters MPLS-TE interface configuration mode.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

signalled-bandwidth

To configure the bandwidth required for an MPLS-TE tunnel, use the signalled-bandwidth command in interface configuration mode. To disable the behavior, use the no form of this command.

signalled-bandwidth { bandwidth [ class-type ct ] | sub-pool bandwidth }

no signalled-bandwidth { bandwidth [ class-type ct ] | sub-pool bandwidth }

Syntax Description


`bandwidth`	Bandwidth required for an MPLS-TE tunnel. Bandwidth is specified in kilobits per second. By default, bandwidth is reserved in the global pool. Range is from 0 to 4294967295.
class-type `ct`	(Optional) Configures the class type of the tunnel bandwidth request. Range is from 0 to 1. Class-type 0 is strictly equivalent to global-pool. Class-type 1 is strictly equivalent to subpool.
sub-pool `bandwidth`	Reserves the bandwidth in the subpool instead of the global pool. Range is 1 to 4294967295. A subpool bandwidth value of 0 is not allowed.

Command Default

The default is 0 in class-type 0.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The signalled-bandwidth command supports two bandwidth pools (class-types) for the Diff-Serv Aware TE (DS-TE) feature. This command is also used as the bandwidth startup value to bring up the auto bandwidth enabled tunnels.

Note

The Cisco Diff-Serve Aware TE feature is compliant to IETF standard and will interoperate with third party vendor DS-TE. Both Russian Doll Model and Maximum Allocation Model for bandwidth allocation are supported. We recommended that IETF terminology be used in DS-TE bandwidth configurations, namely, Class-type (CT) and Bandwidth Constraints (BC).

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to set the bandwidth required for an MPLS-TE tunnel to 1000 in the global pool (class-type 0):


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-bandwidth 1000
  
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-bandwidth 1000 class-type 0

This example shows how to set the bandwidth required for an MPLS-TE tunnel to 1000 in the sub-pool (class-type 1):


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-bandwidth sub-pool 1000
  
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-bandwidth 1000 class-type 1

Related Commands


Command	Description
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

signalled-name

To configure the name of the tunnel required for an MPLS-TE tunnel, use the signalled-name command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

signalled-name name

no signalled-bandwidth name

Syntax Description


`name`	Name used to signal the tunnel.

Command Default

Default name is the hostname_tID, where ID is the tunnel interface number.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.3.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the tunnel name:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-name tunnel-from-NY-to-NJ

Related Commands


Command	Description
show mpls traffic-eng tunnels	Displays information about MPLS-TE tunnels.

signalling advertise explicit-null (MPLS-TE)

To specify that tunnels terminating on a router use explicit-null labels, use the signalling advertise explicit-null command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

signalling advertise explicit-null

no signalling advertise explicit-null

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Implicit-null labels are advertised.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Use the signalling advertise explicit-null command to specify that tunnels terminating on this router use explicit-null labels. This command applies to tunnel labels advertised to next to last (penultimate) hop.

The explicit label is used to carry quality-of-service (QoS) information up to the terminating-end router of the label switched path (LSP).

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure explicit null tunnel labels:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# signalling advertise explicit-null

Related Commands


Command	Description
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
path-selection loose-expansion metric (MPLS-TE)	Configures a metric type to be used to expand a path to the next loose hop for a tunnel on an area border router.

snmp traps mpls traffic-eng

To enable the router to send Multiprotocol Label Switching traffic engineering (MPLS-TE) Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) notifications or informs, use the snmp traps mpls traffic-eng command in global configuration mode. To disable this behavior, use the no form of this command.

snmp traps mpls traffic-eng [notification-option] preempt

no snmp traps mpls traffic-eng [notification-option]

Syntax Description


`notification-option`	(Optional) Notification option to enable the sending of notifications to indicate changes in the status of MPLS-TE tunnels. Use one of these values: up down reoptimize reroute p2mp cisco-ext
preempt	Enables MPLS-TE tunnel preempt trap.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Global configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.
Release 3.9.0	The p2mp notification option was added to support the P2MP TE feature.
Release 4.2.0	The preempt keyword was added.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

If the command is entered without the notification-option argument, all MPLS-TE notification types are enabled.

SNMP notifications can be sent as either traps or inform requests.

The snmp-server enable traps mpls traffic-eng command enables both traps and inform requests for the specified notification types. To specify whether the notifications should be sent as traps or informs, use the snmp-server host command and specify the keyword trap or informs .

If you do not enter the snmp traps mpls traffic-eng command, no MPLS-TE notifications controlled by this command are sent. To configure the router to send these MPLS-TE SNMP notifications, you must enter at least one snmp enable traps mpls traffic-eng command. If you enter the command with no keywords, all MPLS-TE notification types are enabled. If you enter the command with a keyword, only the notification type related to that keyword is enabled. To enable multiple types of MPLS-TE notifications, you must issue a separate snmp traps mpls traffic-eng command for each notification type and notification option.

The snmp traps mpls traffic-eng command is used in conjunction with the snmp host command. Use the snmp host command to specify which host or hosts receive MPLS-TE SNMP notifications. To send notifications, you must configure at least one snmp host command.

For a host to receive an MPLS-TE notification controlled by this command, both the snmp traps mpls traffic-eng command and the snmp host command for that host must be enabled.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read/write

Examples

This example shows how to configure a router to send MPLS-TE tunnel up SNMP notifications when a configured MPLS-TE tunnel leaves the down state and enters the up state:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# snmp traps mpls traffic-eng up

Related Commands


Command	Description
snmp-server host	Specifies the recipient of a SNMP notification operation.
soft-preemption	Enables soft-preemption on a head-end for the MPLS TE tunnel.

soft-preemption

To enable soft-preemption with default timeout on a head-end for the MPLS TE tunnel, use the soft-preemption command in MPLS TE mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

soft-preemption timeout seconds

no soft-preemption


timeout `seconds`	Defines the timeout for soft-preempted LSP, in seconds. The default timeout is 60. Range is from 30 to 300.

Command Default

The default timeout secondsis 60 seconds.

Command Modes

MPLS TE configuration

Tunnel Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. The command reference guides include the task IDs required for each command. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
MPLS-TE	write

Examples

This example shows how to enable soft-preemption on a specific tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#interface tunnel-te 50
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)#soft-preemption

This example shows how to enable soft-preemption on a node :

 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#soft-preemption 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-soft-preemption)#

soft-preemption frr-rewrite

To enable LSP traffic over backup tunnel, when LSP is soft-preempted, use the soft-preemption frr-rewrite command in MPLS TE configuration mode. To disable the LSP traffic over backup tunnel, use the no form of this command.

soft-preemption frr-rewrite

no soft-preemption frr-rewrite

Syntax Description

This command has no keywords or arguments.

Command Default

FRR LSP traffic over backup tunnel is disabled.

Command Modes

MPLS TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.1.2	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The fast re-route backup tunnel must be available and ready for the traffic of the preempted LSP to be moved onto the FRR backup. The traffic will not be moved to the backup tunnel, if an LSP is already soft-preempted.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to enable FRR LSP traffic over backup tunnels, when the LSP is soft-preempted.



RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#soft-preemption frr-rewrite

srlg

To configure an MPLS traffic engineering shared-risk link group (SRLG) value for a link on a given interface, use the srlg command in global configuration mode. To disable this configuration, use the no form of this command.

srlg value

no srlg value

Syntax Description


`value`	Value number that identifies the SRLG. Range is 0 to 4294967295.

Command Default

Shared Risk Link Group memberships are not configured.

Command Modes

Global configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.8.0	This command was introduced.
Release 4.0.0	The value argument was added. Command mode was changed to the global configuration mode.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

You can enter up to 30 SRLG entries on the ingress and egress ports of the interface. SRLG entries configured over 30 are silently dropped.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure an SRLG with 10 member links:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#(config)# srlg
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#(config-srlg)# interface POS 0/3/0/2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#(config-srlg-if)# value 10

Related Commands


Command	Description
interface (MPLS-TE)	Enables MPLS-TE on an interface and enters MPLS-TE interface configuration mode.
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.

stateful-client delegation

To enable stateful path computation element (PCE) delegation on all tunnels, use stateful-client delegation in the MPLS-TE pce configuration mode.

stateful-client delegation

This command has no keywords or arguments.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE pce configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.3.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable stateful PCE delegation on all tunnels:


RP/0/0/CPU0:ios#configure
RP/0/0/CPU0:ios(config)#mpls traffic-eng pce
RP/0/0/CPU0:ios(config-mpls-te-pce)#stateful-client delegation

state-timeout

To configure the time (in seconds) that a path computation client (PCC) must wait before removing the LSPs associated with a PCEP session that is disconnected and reverting back to the defaults, use the state-timeout command in MPLS-TE pce configuration mode.

state-timeout seconds

Syntax Description


`seconds`	Specifies state timeout for LSPs without delegation in seconds. The range is from 0 to 3600.

Command Default

seconds: 180

Command Modes

MPLS-TE pce configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.3.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure the time (in seconds) that a PCC must wait before removing the LSPs:


RP/0/0/CPU0:ios#configure
RP/0/0/CPU0:ios(config)#mpls traffic-eng pce
RP/0/0/CPU0:ios(config-mpls-te-pce)#stateful-client timers state-timeout 30

Note

If the state-timeout is zero seconds, it means immediate removal of the LSPs.

switching (GMPLS)

To configure TE-link switching attributes, use the switching command in MPLS-TE interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

switching { key value | link } [ capability switching | encoding encoding type ]

no switching { key value | link } [ capability switching | encoding encoding type ]

Syntax Description


key	Configures the Interface Switching Capability Key.
`value`	Local interface switching capability key value. Range is 1 to 99.
link	Enables link switching.
capability `switching`	(Optional) Configures switching capability type.
encoding `encoding type`	(Optional) Enables local encoding. Range is 1 to 99.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.3.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Note

The LMP and GMPLS-NNI features are not supported on x86 RPs.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure interface switching key on Packet-over-SONET/SDH (POS) interface 0/7/0/1:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface POS 0/7/0/1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# switching key 66

Related Commands


Command	Description
lmp hello (GMPLS)	Configures LMP IPCC management hello settings.
match (GMPLS)	Configures or matches active and passive tunnels.
passive (GMPLS)	Configures passive GMPLS tunnels.
remote (GMPLS)	Configures remote TE links.

switching endpoint (GMPLS)

To specify the switching capability and encoding types for all endpoint TE links used to signal the optical tunnel that is mandatory to set up the GMPLS LSP, use the switching endpoint command in interface tunnel-gte configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

switching endpoint capability switching type [ encoding encoding type ]

no switching endpoint capability switching type [ encoding encoding type ]

Syntax Description


`capability switching type`	Capability switching type is the optical LSP switching capability descriptor. The following types are used: psc1 Specifies Packet-Switch Capable-1 that is equivalent to numeric 1. lsc Specifies Lambda-Switch Capable that is equivalent to numeric 150. fsc Specifies Fiber-Switch Capable that is equivalent to numeric 200.
encoding `encoding type`	(Optional) Specifies the transport capability of the TE link over which the GMPLS LSP is established. For SONET links, the encoding is specified as sonetsdh. For Ethernet links, the encoding is specified as ethernet.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Interface tunnel-gte configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.3.2	This command was introduced.
Release 3.8.0	GMPLS interfaces are used under the tunnel-gte interface type.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

GMPLS interfaces are used under the tunnel-gte interface type.

Use the switching endpoint command to configure the optical LSP.

The switching and encoding types must match with the configured values at the termination point of the LSP.

Note

The LMP and GMPLS-NNI features are not supported on x86 RPs.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure switching capability as psc1 and the encoding type as sonetsdh for the switching endpoint command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-gte 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 address 99.99.99.2 255.255.255.254
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-name tunnel-gte1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# switching endpoint psc1 encoding sonetsdh
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# priority 2 2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-bandwidth 2488320
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 109.109.109.109
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option 1 explicit name g1-p1-p2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option protecting 1 explicit name g2-p1-p2

Related Commands


Command	Description
interface tunnel-gte	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface for GMPLS interfaces.
switching transit (GMPLS)	Specifies the switching capability and encoding types for all transit TE links used to signal the optical tunnel.

switching transit (GMPLS)

To specify the switching capability and encoding types for all transit TE links used to signal the optical tunnel to configure an optical LSP, use the switching transit command in interface tunnel-gte configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

switching transit capability switching type [ encoding encoding type ]

no switching transit capability switching type [ encoding encoding type ]

Syntax Description


`capability switching type`	Capability switching type is the optical LSP switching capability descriptor. The following types are used: psc1 Specifies Packet-Switch Capable-1 that is equivalent to numeric 1. lsc Specifies Lambda-Switch Capable that is equivalent to numeric 150. fsc Specifies Fiber-Switch Capable that is equivalent to numeric 200.
encoding `encoding type`	(Optional) Specifies the transport capability of the TE link over which the GMPLS LSP is established. For SONET links, the encoding is specified as sonetsdh. For Ethernet links, the encoding is specified as ethernet.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Interface tunnel-gte configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.3.2	This command was introduced.
Release 3.8.0	GMPLS interfaces are used under the tunnel-gte interface type.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

GMPLS interfaces are used under the tunnel-gte interface type.

Use the switching transit command to configure the optical LSP.

The switching and encoding types must match with the configured values at the termination point of the LSP.

Note

The LMP and GMPLS-NNI features are not supported on x86 RPs.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure switching capability as lsc and the encoding type as sonetsdh for the switching transit command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-gte1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 address 99.99.99.2 255.255.255.254
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-name tunnel-gte1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# switching transit lsc encoding sonetsdh
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# priority 2 2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-bandwidth 2488320
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 109.109.109.109
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option 1 explicit name g1-p1-p2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option protecting 1 explicit name g2-p1-p2

Related Commands


Command	Description
interface tunnel-gte	Configures an MPLS-TE tunnel interface for GMPLS interfaces.
switching endpoint (GMPLS)	Specifies the switching capability and encoding types for all endpoint TE links used to signal the optical tunnel.

timers loose-path (MPLS-TE)

To configure the period between the headend retries after path errors, use the timers loose-path command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

timers loose-path retry-period value

no timers loose-path retry-period value

Syntax Description


retry-period `value`	Configures the time, in seconds, between retries upon a path error. Range is 30 to 600.

Command Default

value : 120

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 3.4.0	This command was introduced .

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to the period between retries after path errors to 300 seconds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# timers loose-path retry-period 300

Related Commands


Command	Description
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
path-selection loose-expansion affinity (MPLS-TE)	Specifies the affinity value to be used to expand a path to the next loose hop for a tunnel on an area border router.

timers removal unused (auto-tunnel backup)

To configure the frequency at which a timer scans backup autotunnels and removes tunnels that are not in use, use the timers removal unused (auto-tunnel backup) command in auto-tunnel backup configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

timers removal unused frequency

no timers removal unused frequency

Syntax Description



`frequency`	Frequency, in minutes, between backup autotunnel scans to remove tunnels that are not used. Range is 0; 5 to 10080 minutes (7 days). A value of 0 disables the scanning and removal of tunnels.

Command Default

frequency: 60

Command Modes

auto-tunnel backup configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.0.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

The unused auto-tunnel backup tunnel is the tunnel that is not assigned to protect any FRR tunnel.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows that unused automatic backup tunnels are removed after the 10 minute timer scan is reached.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# auto-tunnel backup
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-auto-bk)# timers removal unused 10

Related Commands


Command	Description
show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup unused	Displays the unused backup tunnels only.
auto-tunnel backup (MPLS-TE)	Builds automatic next-hop and next-next-hop tunnels, and enters auto-tunnel configuration mode.

timeout (soft-preemption)

To override the soft-preemption default timeout, use the timeout command in MPLS TE mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.

soft-preemption timeout seconds

no soft-preemption

Syntax Description


timeout `seconds`	Defines the timeout for soft-preempted LSP, in seconds. The default timeout is 60. Range is from 30 to 300.

Command Default

The default timeout secondsis 60 seconds.

Command Modes

MPLS TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. The command reference guides include the task IDs required for each command. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
MPLS-TE	write

Examples

This example shows how to override the soft-preemption default timeout:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# soft-preemption
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-soft-preemption)# timeout 60

topology holddown sigerr (MPLS-TE)

To specify the time that a router should ignore a link in its TE topology database in tunnel path constrained shortest path first (CSPF) computations following a TE tunnel signaling error on the link, use the topology holddown sigerr command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

topology holddown sigerr seconds

no topology holddown sigerr seconds

Syntax Description


`seconds`	Time that the router ignores a link during tunnel path calculations, following a TE tunnel error on the link, specified in seconds. Range is 0 to 300. Default is 10.

Command Default

seconds : 10

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 2.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

A router at the headend for TE tunnels can receive a Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) No Route error message before the router receives a topology update from the IGP routing protocol announcing that the link is down. When this happens, the headend router ignores the link in subsequent tunnel path calculations to avoid generating paths that include the link and are likely to fail when signaled. The link is ignored until the router receives a topology update from its IGP or a link holddown timeout occurs. Use the topology holddown sigerr command to change the link holddown time from its 10-second default value.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the link holddown time for signaling errors at 15 seconds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# topology holddown sigerr 15

Related Commands


Command	Description
mpls traffic-eng	Enters MPLS-TE configuration mode.
show mpls traffic-eng topology	Displays the current MPLS-TE global topology of this node as well as the signaling error holddown time.

tunnel-id (auto-tunnel backup)

To configure the range of tunnel interface numbers to be used for automatic backup tunnels, use the tunnel-id command in auto-tunnel backup configuration mode. To delete the automatic backup tunnels, use the no form of this command.

tunnel-id min number max number

no tunnel-id

Syntax Description


min	(Optional) Minimum number for automatic backup tunnels.
`number`	Valid values are from 0 to 65535.
max	(Optional) Maximum number for automatic backup tunnels.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Auto-tunnel backup configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 4.0.0	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

If you increase the tunnel ID range, the automatic backup tunnels that failed earlier will get created the next time automatic backup assignments are processed.

Restrictions:

Command is rejected if the max value minusmin value is >= 1K.
Command is rejected if min value > max value .
Command is rejected if min value is greater than the tunnel ID of an existing automatic backup tunnel.
Command is rejected if max value is smaller than the tunnel ID of an existing automatic backup tunnel.
Command is rejected if a statically configured tunnel ID matches with the configured min and max range of values .
Command is rejected if a static backup assignment is already configured to a tunnel with an ID within the min value /max value range.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mple-te	read, write

Examples

The following example allows 800 automatic backup tunnels to be created:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# auto-tunnel backup
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-auto-bk)# tunnel-id min 1200 max 2000

Related Commands


Command	Description
auto-tunnel backup (MPLS-TE)	Builds automatic next-hop and next-next-hop tunnels, and enters auto-tunnel configuration mode.

tunnel-id (auto-tunnel pcc)

To configure the range of tunnel IDs to be used for stateful PCE instantiation requests, use the tunnel-id command in auto-tunnel stateful PCE client configuration mode. To delete the stateful PCE client auto-tunnels, use the no form of this command.

tunnel-d min number max number

no tunnel-d min number max number

Syntax Description


min	Specifies minimum number for stateful PCE client auto-tunnels.
max	Specifies maximum number for stateful PCE client auto-tunnels
`number`	Valid values are from 0 to 65535.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

Auto-tunnel stateful PCE client configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.1.1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes appropriate task IDs. If the user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.

When the tunnel ID range is configured, no action is taken, though subsequent tunnel creation requests from a PCE may succeed. This does not affect the I-bit announced by the PCC, nor does it flap the PCE peer connections.

When the tunnel ID range is unconfigured, PCE instantiated tunnels are deleted by the PCC.

When the tunnel ID range is changed, any PCE instantiated tunnels that fall outside the range will be removed by the PCC. Tunnels whose IDs remain within the new range will be unaffected.

The tunnel ID range cannot conflict with other statically configured tunnels.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to configure 400 stateful PCE client auto-tunnels to be used for stateful PCE instantiation requests:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configure 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#auto-tunnel pcc
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-auto-pcc)#tunnel-id min 65100 max 65500

Bias-Free Language

Results

Chapter: MPLS Traffic Engineering Commands

MPLS Traffic Engineering Commands

adjustment-threshold (MPLS-TE)

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Examples

Related Commands

admin-weight

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Task ID

Examples

Related Commands

affinity

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Task ID

Examples

Related Commands

affinity-map

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Task ID

Examples

Related Commands

application (MPLS-TE)

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Task ID

Examples

Related Commands

attribute-flags

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Task ID

Examples

Related Commands

attribute-names

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Task ID

Examples

Related Commands

attribute-set

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Task ID

Examples

Related Commands

auto-bw (MPLS-TE)

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes